TW201502036A - Refrigerator - Google Patents

Abstract

This refrigerator is provided with: a box body which has a shell comprising a top wall, a rear wall, side walls and a bottom wall configured by an outer box and an inner box, and which configures a storage chamber disposed inside the shell and having an opening in the front surface; a vacuum insulating material which is provided between the inner box and the outer box, which configure the rear wall, the side walls, the ceiling wall and the bottom wall, which form the storage chamber; and a foam insulating material filled between the vacuum insulating material and the inner box. The flexural modulus of the vacuum insulating material is 20MPa or greater, the thickness of the foam insulating material is 11mm or less, and the thickness of the foam insulating material / (the thickness of the foam insulating material + the thickness of the vacuum insulating material) is 0.3 or less.

Description

refrigerator

The present invention relates to a heat insulating box machine having a vacuum heat insulating material, and more particularly to a refrigerator.

In recent years, based on the viewpoint of global environmental protection and the safety of nuclear power plants, various methods of saving resources, saving energy, and especially saving electricity have been proposed.

Based on the viewpoint of energy saving and power saving, a heat-insulating box having an outer contour formed by an outer box and an inner box has been proposed, and a vacuum heat insulating material is disposed in addition to a rigid urethane foam. For example, a heat insulating box composed of a rigid polyurethane foam and a vacuum heat insulating material and defining the coverage of the vacuum heat insulating material with respect to the surface area of the outer casing has been proposed (refer to Patent Document 1). ).

Further, in a machine having a heat insulating box such as a refrigerator, in order to enlarge the internal volume, it is necessary to make the wall thickness of the case thin. Therefore, a vacuum heat insulating material provided between the outer case and the inner case has been proposed. In the case where the vacuum heat insulating material is provided, the vacuum heat insulating material is directly attached to the outer box and the inner box without passing through the polyurethane heat insulating material (see Patent Document 2).

Further, in the refrigerator, the rail member supporting the drawer type box is fixed to the inner box by screws or the like (refer to Patent Document 3).

In addition, in the refrigerator, the rail members are fixed in a drawer type by screws or the like. The drawer door piece of the room (refer to Patent Document 4).

Advanced technical literature Patent literature

Patent Document 1: Japanese Patent No. 3478810

Patent Document 2: Japanese Laid-Open Patent Publication No. 07-120138

Patent Document 3: Japanese Laid-Open Patent Publication No. 2006-177654

Patent Document 4: Japanese Laid-Open Patent Publication No. 2009-228948

The vacuum heat insulating material has, for example, a heat insulating property of 6 times or more with respect to the heat insulating property of the conventional rigid polyurethane foam. Therefore, from the viewpoint of energy saving, in the space formed between the outer box and the inner box, in addition to the rigid polyurethane foam, a vacuum heat insulating material is disposed. Therefore, as the demand for energy saving has increased in recent years, for example, as in the heat insulating box described in Patent Document 1, the amount of use of the vacuum heat insulating material disposed in the heat insulating box has been greatly increased.

On the other hand, in recent years, in the heat insulating box, it is required to reduce the space formed between the outer box and the inner box, that is, the heat insulating box, from the viewpoint of saving the volume or increasing the volume of the internal volume. Wall thickness of the body. However, in the past, the heat insulation box was based on the technical idea that the heat insulation function of the rigid polyurethane foam was mainly supported by the rigid polyurethane foam, and the vacuum insulation material assisted the rigid polyurethane foam. To make it. Therefore, in the past heat insulation box, the rigid polyurethane foam was filled in a space between the inner box and the outer box at a predetermined density to obtain the strength of the box, and the thickness of the polyurethane was reduced. At the same time In the case of a small wall thickness, the thickness of the polyurethane is reduced and the density of the polyurethane is increased to lower the heat insulating performance, so that it is difficult to satisfy the heat insulating performance and obtain the necessary box strength.

That is, the past insulation box or refrigerator has vacuum insulation In the machine of the material, the rigid polyurethane foam is used to ensure the insulation of the wall and the box and the strength of the box or wall. To reduce the wall thickness of the heat insulation box, the hard polyamine is reduced. The thickness of the formic acid foam plastic may cause insufficient heat insulating properties or insufficient strength of the heat insulating box body, which may cause difficulty in reducing the wall thickness.

Therefore, in the heat insulating box described in Patent Document 1, the amount of use of the vacuum heat insulating material (coverage ratio) is increased, and the bending elastic modulus of the rigid polyurethane foam is increased (hard polyurethane) The rigidity of the ester foam is such that, in view of the strength of the heat insulating box, the wall thickness can be reduced to some extent. However, the heat insulating box described in Patent Document 1 is based on the heat insulating function mainly composed of a rigid polyurethane foam, and the heat insulating function of the rigid polyurethane foam is assisted by the vacuum heat insulating material. The technical idea is to manufacture a device that mainly relies on a rigid polyurethane foam to insulate the heat insulation function, and then a vacuum insulation material to assist the heat insulation function of the rigid polyurethane foam. The rigid polyurethane foam ensures the thermal insulation of the insulation and the strength of the wall. However, when the thickness of the rigid polyurethane foam is reduced, the density and the bending elastic modulus become large, and the heat insulating performance is deteriorated. Therefore, in order to suppress the low heat insulation performance of the rigid polyurethane foam, the bending elastic modulus and density of the rigid polyurethane foam are set to be less than or equal to a predetermined value (the bending elastic modulus is 10 MPa or less, and the density is 60 kg). /m ³ or less). When the bending modulus and the density exceed a predetermined value, although the strength of the case can be satisfied, the heat insulating performance is deteriorated, which makes it difficult to use. Therefore, in the heat insulating box described in Patent Document 1, in order to ensure the strength and heat insulating performance of the case or the wall surface, it is necessary to ensure that the thickness of the polyurethane is more than a certain degree, and therefore it is necessary to adjust so as to be filled. The thickness of the polyurethane channel of the polyurethane portion is not less than a predetermined thickness, so that the density after foaming of the polyurethane is less than or equal to a predetermined value (density is 60 kg/m ³ or less). This causes a problem that it is difficult to reduce the wall thickness.

Further, Patent Document 2 has a heat insulating box having a vacuum heat insulating material. In order to prevent the plastic material or the like from being formed into a desired shape by vacuum forming or pressure forming, the plastic material or the like is filled with a core material, thereby forming a vacuum which ensures the strength of the uneven shape. Insulation material, inner box, outer box. However, the inner box and the outer box are formed in a convex and concave shape which is slightly the same as the uneven shape of the outer covering material of the vacuum heat insulating material, so that the inner box and the outer box have strength, and the shapes of the outer material, the inner box, and the outer box become complicated. The problem is that the cost rises and the assembly property deteriorates. In addition, it is necessary to form the vacuum heat insulating material and the outer covering material into a concavo-convex shape based on the strength, and the core material enclosed in the outer covering material must also follow the shape of the uneven shape of the outer covering material. Therefore, it is necessary to use a fluid granular shape. The thing is used as a heart material, and the cost is higher than that of the fiber-based core material such as glass fiber, and the heat insulating performance may be inferior. In addition, the back surface of the room (the storage space such as the storage case in the heat insulating box) has a concavo-convex shape and a complicated shape, which makes the design inferior.

Therefore, in the past insulation box or machine (especially the refrigerator) It is difficult to ensure the established thermal insulation performance and the established strength of the cabinet while achieving Since the heat insulating wall or the heat insulating material including the vacuum heat insulating material is thinned, it is difficult to achieve re-expansion of the internal volume of the heat insulating box, the refrigerator, the machine, or the like, or to downsize the external dimensions.

Further, in the refrigerators described in Patent Document 3 and Patent Document 4, The rail member or the door frame of the box supporting the drawer type storage compartment is fixed to the heat insulating wall by the screw (the inner box, or the polyurethane heat insulating material between the inner box and the outer box, or is disposed therein) Reinforcement between the box and the outer box). However, when the vacuum heat insulating material is provided between the inner box and the outer box, when the thickness of the heat insulating material between the vacuum heat insulating material and the inner box is thin, the thickness of the vacuum heat insulating material is not uniform. The fixing screws of the rail member or the door frame may damage the outer covering material of the vacuum heat insulating material, resulting in low heat insulation performance and low reliability of the vacuum heat insulating material.

In addition, in order not to damage the vacuum insulation material, it is considered to shorten the screw The length of the screw portion is low. However, if the strength (for example, density, bending modulus, etc.) of the polyurethane heat insulating material filled between the vacuum heat insulating material and the inner box is low, the holding strength of the screw is also low. Moreover, the strength of the heat insulating wall formed integrally with the polyurethane is also weak, so that the heat insulating wall or the box body may be deformed or the screw may be loosened to lower the reliability, and therefore, the thread portion may not be obtained. The length is shorter than the established length. Therefore, other members that are held by screws or fitting structures are mounted on the heat insulating wall having the vacuum heat insulating material (for example, a rail member or a door frame such as a support box, and the weight supporting structure generally supporting the weight) In the case of a material, or a cooling device that generates cold air for cooling the storage chamber, or a vibration of the fan that blows the cold air to the storage chamber, which is affected by vibration during operation, etc., the mounting portion must be available. The wall thickness of the mounting strength, and the length of the threaded portion of the fixed member such as a screw is also difficult based on the relationship of the mounting strength of the screw. Since the predetermined length (for example, 15 mm) or less is made, it is difficult to make the wall thickness small, and it is difficult to increase the internal volume.

The present invention is for solving the above problems, and its main purpose It is to improve the heat insulation performance and strength of the heat insulating box of the refrigerator to be superior to the past. Further, the object of the invention is to obtain a heat insulating box that can achieve a reduction in thickness of a heat insulating wall or a heat insulating material, a refrigerator, a water storage device, and a device having a high temperature portion or a low temperature portion.

In addition, the purpose is to achieve insulation housing, refrigerator, A heat-insulating case, a refrigerator, and a hot water storage device in which the internal volume of the machine or the like is larger than the past (the volume of the room is enlarged) or the outer dimensions of the heat insulating box, the refrigerator, and the like are reduced (the size of the outer casing is reduced). Devices, machines, etc.

In addition, the purpose is to obtain a heat insulation box, a refrigerator, a machine, and the like. Even when another member held by a screw or a fitting structure is attached to a heat insulating wall having a vacuum heat insulating material (for example, a weight supporting member, or a vibration-affecting member, etc.), heat insulation can be achieved. The wall or the heat insulating material is thinned. Further, the object of the invention is to obtain a heat insulating box, a refrigerator, a machine, and the like which have high reliability and a large internal volume.

Further, it is an object of the invention to improve the designability of a room (for example, a storage room in which a storage is stored) while reducing the thickness of the wall.

In addition, the purpose of the invention is to obtain a small heat-insulating box, a refrigerator, a machine, or the like, which can reduce the thickness of the heat insulating wall in a barrel shape or a square barrel shape when the heat source such as the water storage device is insulated. The size (for example, outer diameter, width, depth, height, and the like) of the heat insulating box having the box body or the like opened in the front side becomes small.

A refrigerator comprising: a casing provided with an outer casing and an inner casing a top wall, a rear wall, a side wall, and an outer wall of the bottom wall formed on the inner side of the outer casing, and a storage chamber having an opening at the front; a vacuum heat insulating material disposed on the rear surface forming the storage chamber a wall, the side wall, the top wall, or between the outer box and the inner box; a foamed heat insulating material filled between the vacuum heat insulating material and the inner box; wherein the vacuum partition The bending elastic modulus of the hot material is 20 MPa or more, and the thickness of the foamed heat insulating material is 11 mm or less, the thickness of the foamed heat insulating material / (the thickness of the foamed heat insulating material + the thickness of the vacuum heat insulating material) It is 0.3 or less.

Furthermore, a refrigerator includes: a casing having an outer wall formed by an outer casing and an inner casing, a rear wall, a side wall, and an outer wall, and an inner side of the outer casing is formed with an opening at the front side a storage chamber in which a concave portion spanning the vertical direction of the back wall is formed at a central portion in the width direction of the rear wall forming the storage chamber, and a flat vacuum heat insulating material disposed in the concave portion Between the inner box and the outer box of the opposite portion, at least in the width direction, the width thereof is larger than the width of the concave portion; the foamed heat insulating material is filled in the inner box opposite to the concave portion and the outer box The vacuum heat insulating material has a bending elastic modulus of 20 MPa or more, and the foamed heat insulating material of the concave portion facing portion has a thickness of 11 mm or less, and the thickness of the foamed heat insulating material is / (The thickness of the foamed heat insulating material + the thickness of the vacuum heat insulating material) is 0.3 or less.

In addition, a refrigerator includes: a casing having an outer wall formed by an outer casing and an inner casing, a rear wall, a side wall, and an outer wall, and an inner side of the outer casing is formed with an opening at the front side a storage chamber; a cooler for cooling the storage compartment; a control substrate for controlling the cooler, wherein the control substrate is disposed in a control substrate chamber formed on the top wall or the back wall; and a vacuum heat insulating material, which is disposed Controlling between the substrate chamber and the inner box; a foamed heat insulating material filled between the vacuum heat insulating material and the inner box; wherein the thickness of the foamed heat insulating material opposite to the control substrate chamber When it is 11 mm or less, the thickness of the foamed heat insulating material / (the thickness of the foamed heat insulating material + the thickness of the vacuum heat insulating material) is 0.3 or less.

According to the above configuration, the refrigerator of the present invention can improve the strength of the wall of the casing to be superior to the past, and can make the wall thickness thin. Moreover, since the wall thickness of the casing can be made thin, the volume of the storage space or the storage compartment can be increased without increasing the outer dimensions of the casing.

1‧‧‧ refrigerator

1A‧‧‧ machine room

2‧‧‧Refrigerator

2A‧‧‧Cooling room

2P‧‧‧ inner side wall

2X‧‧‧Slightly closed container

2Y‧‧‧Slightly closed container

3‧‧‧ ice making room

4‧‧‧Switching room

5‧‧‧ vegetable room

6‧‧‧Freezer

7‧‧‧Refrigerator door

7A‧‧‧Refrigerator door left

7B‧‧‧ refrigerator door right

8‧‧‧Ice chamber door

9‧‧‧Switching the door panel

10‧‧‧ Vegetable room door

11‧‧‧Freezer door

12‧‧‧Compressor

13‧‧‧cooler

14‧‧‧Air-cooling fan

15‧‧‧Switching room damper

16‧‧‧Switching room air-conditioning

17‧‧‧ Cold air ducts for switching rooms

18‧‧‧ Cold air ducts for freezer rooms

19‧‧‧Switching room temperature measuring resistor

21‧‧‧ Storage storage space

22‧‧‧ Thermopile

24‧‧‧ partition wall

30‧‧‧Control device

30a‧‧‧Microcomputer

31‧‧‧Control substrate room

33‧‧‧Gap section

34‧‧‧ Sheet Metal Coverage

50‧‧‧Cold air duct

51‧‧‧ partition wall

53‧‧‧Cold air duct

55‧‧‧Refrigerator damper

60‧‧‧Operator panel

60a‧‧‧ Compartment selection switch

60b‧‧‧Temperature band switch

60c‧‧‧instantaneous freezing switch

60d‧‧‧Ice switch

60e‧‧‧Water spray switch

80‧‧‧ shelves

131‧‧‧cooler room

150‧‧‧Defrost heater

151‧‧‧heater top plate

152‧‧‧Water receiving container

154‧‧‧Defrost Water Receiving Department

155‧‧‧Defrost water discharge

200‧‧‧Water mist device

250‧‧‧ Storage storage space

315‧‧‧ Space (inside wall)

400‧‧‧vacuum insulation

410‧‧‧Refrigerated room returned to the wind

420‧‧‧Freezer return to the wind

430‧‧ ‧ vegetable room returned to the wind

440‧‧‧ recess

441‧‧‧2nd recess

450‧‧‧ convex

451‧‧‧ front side face of the convex part

456‧‧‧Bevel

520‧‧‧Box

525‧‧‧Box step

700‧‧‧Insulation box

701‧‧‧Insulation

703, 704‧‧‧ filling port (injection port)

710‧‧‧Outer box

717‧‧‧ inner box recess

718‧‧‧ on the concave section

719‧‧‧Under the concave section (track material placement section)

720‧‧‧ tube

725‧‧‧Refrigerant piping

727‧‧‧ inner box convex

728‧‧‧ on the convex section

729‧‧‧Under the convex section

730‧‧‧ Back wall

731‧‧‧Reinforced members

732‧‧‧Reinforced members on the extension

733‧‧‧Reinforced members are extended under the Ministry

734‧‧‧Reinforced material body

735‧‧‧Fixed members

740‧‧‧Top wall

750‧‧‧ inner box

755‧‧‧Track Department (Track Installation Department)

757‧‧‧End of rail section (track material placement section)

760‧‧‧Cold air duct

761‧‧‧ front part

762‧‧‧1st air path component

763‧‧‧Prominent Department (Extension Department)

764‧‧‧2nd Wind Road Assembly

765‧‧‧ Wind Road Rear Components

766‧‧‧Windway side components

767‧‧‧ side section

768‧‧‧Air supply port (air-cooling outlet)

769‧‧‧ front side face

770‧‧‧ recessed part

775‧‧ ‧ step department

776‧‧‧Steps Department

780‧‧‧Bottom wall

790‧‧‧ side wall

791, 792‧‧ ‧ storage indoor wall

797‧‧‧ Side wall side end

798‧‧‧Back side of the back wall

810‧‧‧ Track members

811‧‧‧Upper track

812‧‧‧Lower orbit

813‧‧‧Intermediate orbit

815‧‧‧ bearing

820‧‧‧Track support

830‧‧‧Box support

835‧‧‧Box support fixed members

836‧‧‧ Track support fixed components

900‧‧‧Storage indoor lighting

910‧‧‧Fixed protrusions

Fig. 1 is a front elevational view showing the refrigerator in the first embodiment of the present invention.

Fig. 2 is a side sectional view showing the refrigerator in the first embodiment of the present invention.

Fig. 3 is a block diagram showing a control device for a refrigerator in accordance with a first embodiment of the present invention.

Fig. 4 is a cross-sectional view showing the refrigerator in the first embodiment of the present invention.

Fig. 5 is a cross-sectional view showing another refrigerator in the first embodiment of the present invention.

Fig. 6 is a cross-sectional view showing another refrigerator in the first embodiment of the present invention.

Fig. 7 is a cross-sectional view showing another refrigerator in the first embodiment of the present invention.

Fig. 8 is a cross-sectional view showing another refrigerator in the first embodiment of the present invention.

Fig. 9 is a front elevational view showing the refrigerator when the front door panel of the refrigerator according to the first embodiment of the present invention is removed.

Fig. 10 is a side sectional view showing the refrigerator in the first embodiment of the present invention.

Fig. 11 is a front sectional view showing the heat insulating box body according to the first embodiment of the present invention.

Fig. 12 is a rear elevational view showing the heat insulating box body according to the first embodiment of the present invention.

Fig. 13 is a perspective view showing the heat insulating box body according to the first embodiment of the present invention.

Fig. 14 is a perspective view showing the heat insulating box body according to the first embodiment of the present invention.

Fig. 15 is a view showing the relationship between the density and the thermal conductivity of the rigid polyurethane foam of the heat insulating box according to the first embodiment of the present invention.

Fig. 16 is a view showing the density and bending elastic modulus of the rigid polyurethane foam of the heat insulating box according to the first embodiment of the present invention.

Fig. 17 is a view showing the relationship between the thickness of the channel of the polyurethane foam and the thermal conductivity of the polyurethane foam in the case of filling the rigid polyurethane foam according to the first embodiment of the present invention.

Fig. 18 is a view showing the relationship between the thickness of the channel of the polyurethane foam and the flexural modulus of the polyurethane foam in the case of filling the rigid polyurethane foam according to the first embodiment of the present invention.

Fig. 19 is a view showing the relationship between the ratio of the thickness of the rigid polyurethane foam of the heat insulating box of the first embodiment of the present invention to the wall thickness and the composite thermal conductivity.

Fig. 20 is a view showing the relationship between the filling rate of the vacuum heat insulating material in the wall space of the heat insulating box according to the first embodiment of the present invention and the amount of deformation of the heat insulating box.

Fig. 21 is a view showing the relationship between the area ratio of the vacuum heat insulating material and the amount of deformation of the heat insulating box in the surface areas of the side surface portion and the back surface portion of the heat insulating box according to the first embodiment of the present invention.

Fig. 22 is a rear elevational view showing the heat insulating box body according to the first embodiment of the present invention.

Figure 23A is a heat-insulating cabinet after foaming of rigid polyurethane foam A schematic view of the cross-sectional shape of the side wall.

Fig. 23B is a schematic view showing another sectional shape of the side wall of the heat insulating box after foaming of the rigid polyurethane foam.

Fig. 24 is a cross-sectional view showing an essential part of the vicinity of a rail mounting portion of the refrigerator in the first embodiment of the present invention.

Figure 25 is a cross-sectional view showing an essential part of the vicinity of a rail mounting portion of another refrigerator in accordance with the first embodiment of the present invention.

Figure 26 is a cross-sectional view showing an essential part of the vicinity of a rail mounting portion of another refrigerator in accordance with the first embodiment of the present invention.

Figure 27 is a cross-sectional view showing an essential part of the vicinity of a rail mounting portion of another refrigerator in accordance with the first embodiment of the present invention.

Embodiment 1

(refrigerator)

Fig. 1 is a front elevational view showing a refrigerator according to a first embodiment of the present invention, and Fig. 2 is a side sectional view showing the refrigerator in accordance with a first embodiment of the present invention. As shown in these figures, the refrigerator 1 includes, in the uppermost section, a refrigerating compartment 2 as a storage compartment of a left-right split type (or an open-close type). An ice making chamber 3 and a switching chamber 4 as storage chambers are arranged side by side in the lower left and right sides of the refrigerator compartment 2. The lowermost stage of the refrigerator 1 is provided with a freezing compartment 6 as a storage compartment, and a vegetable compartment 5 as a storage compartment is provided on the upper surface of the freezing compartment 6. The vegetable compartment 5 is provided below the ice making compartment 3 and the switching compartment 4 arranged side by side, and above the freezing compartment 6.

In the refrigerating compartment 2 as a storage compartment, there is a storage storage space for storing a storage (food, drink, etc.), and a plurality of resin or glass layers on which the storage is placed are provided in the storage storage space. Frame 80. Store here Below the product storage space (below the shelf inside the store), containers 2X and 2Y having a slightly sealed structure are used, and the cooling chamber 2X is used as a cooling temperature zone controlled at about +3 ° C to -3 ° C, or It is controlled in the vegetable room 2Y of the vegetable room temperature zone maintained at +3 °C to +5 °C. The container 2X, 2Y of the slightly sealed structure can also be used as an egg chamber for storing eggs. Further, the containers 2X and 2Y of the slightly sealed structure have, for example, a drawer structure, and the container can be pulled out to take out and put the storage.

If it is opened on the top of the container having the upper opening of the upper opening A detachable lid is provided on the mouth to form a container having a slightly closed structure as a structure of the containers 2X and 2Y having a slightly closed structure. The lid may be provided on the side of the container, or may be provided on the shelf 80 or the partition wall provided on the upper portion of the container, or the shelf or the partition wall on the upper portion of the container may also serve as a cover.

Of course, the configuration of each room does not limit the present embodiment, and ice making will be performed. The chamber 3 and the switching chamber 4 are arranged side by side on the lower surface of the refrigerating compartment 2 provided in the upper stage, and are disposed below the ice making chamber 3 and the switching chamber 4 which are arranged side by side, and are disposed above the vegetable compartment 5 provided in the lower stage. The freezing compartment 6, that is, the freezing compartment 6 is disposed in the vegetable compartment 5 and the intermediate freezing type between the ice making compartment 3 and the switching compartment 4 arranged side by side, because of the low greenhouse (for example, the ice making compartment 3, the switching compartment) 4. Since the freezer compartment 6) is close, there is no need for a heat insulating material between the low greenhouses, and since there is little heat leakage, it is possible to provide an energy-saving and low-cost refrigerator.

The front side opening of the refrigerating compartment 2 as a storage compartment is provided with self-capacity The left and right split type refrigerating compartment door piece 7 is opened and closed, and the refrigerating compartment door piece 7 is composed of two refrigerating compartment door pieces left 7A and a refrigerating compartment door piece right 7B to form left and right split door pieces. Of course, it is not a left-right split door, but a one-piece rotary type. Door piece. The ice making compartment 3, the switching compartment 4, the vegetable compartment 5, and the freezing compartment 6 of the other storage compartments are respectively provided with a drawer type ice making compartment door piece 8 capable of opening and closing the opening of the ice making compartment 3, respectively. The drawer type switching chamber door piece 9 that opens and closes the opening of the switching chamber 4, the drawer type vegetable compartment door piece 10 that can open and close the opening of the vegetable compartment 5, and the opening portion of the freezing compartment 6 can be opened A drawer type freezer compartment door 11 that is freely opened and closed. Here, on the drawer type storage compartment door piece (the ice making compartment door piece 8, the switching chamber door piece 9, the vegetable compartment door piece 10, and the freezing compartment door piece 11), the rail member is fixed by the screw or the like 735. Or the fitting structure is fixed or maintained in the inner box 750 forming the storage compartment, and the door frame fixed or maintained on the inner panel of the door slides directly on the rail member by a roller or the like, thereby being placed on the door The box and the box of the door frame can be pulled out.

In addition, as shown in the third figure to be described later, the refrigerator is used as a storage room. In any one of the refrigerator compartment door left 7A and the refrigerator compartment door right 7B of the room 2, an operation switch for setting a temperature in the storage compartment (a compartment selection switch 60a, a temperature zone switching switch 60b, an instant freezing switch 60c) is provided. , the ice making switch 60d, the water mist spray switch 60e) or the operation panel 60 for displaying temperature information such as the temperature in the library or the set temperature, the operation information of the operation switch, the display information of the liquid crystal display unit, or the temperature information in the storage room, etc. It is controlled by a control device 30 including a control board provided with a microcomputer or the like provided on the upper portion of the back surface of the refrigerator (the rear surface of the refrigerator compartment).

The compressor 12 is disposed in the machine room 1A provided at the lowermost portion of the rear surface of the refrigerator 1. The refrigerator 1 is provided with a refrigeration cycle, and the compressor 12 is configured as one of the components of the refrigeration cycle and disposed in the machine room 1A, and functions to compress the refrigerant in the refrigeration cycle. The refrigerant compressed by the compressor 12 is condensed in a condenser (not shown). The refrigerant in a condensed state is in a capillary tube (not shown) as a pressure reducing device or The expansion valve (not shown) is decompressed. The cooler 13 is disposed in the cooler chamber 131 and is one component constituting a refrigeration cycle of the refrigerator. The refrigerant decompressed in the decompression device is evaporated in the cooler chamber 131, and the gas around the cooler 13 is cooled by the endothermic action at the time of evaporation. The cooling air circulation fan 14 is disposed beside the cooler 13 in the cooler chamber 131, and passes the cool air cooled around the cooler 13 through the cold air passage (for example, the switching chamber cold air passage 16 or the refrigerating chamber cold air passage 50, etc. It is blown to each of the chambers (the refrigerator compartment 2, the ice making compartment 3, the switching compartment 4, the vegetable compartment 5, and the freezing compartment 6) which are the storage compartments of the refrigerator 1.

Set below the cooler 13 provided in the cooler chamber 131 Defrost heater 150 (a glass tube heater for defrosting, for example, a carbon heater, which is used in a quartz glass tube to emit a wavelength of 0.2 μm through a quartz glass tube for defrosting means for defrosting the cooler 13 ~4μm light carbon fiber). A heater top plate 151 is provided between the cooler 13 and the defrosting heater 150 on the upper portion of the defrosting heater 150 so that the defrosted water dropped by the cooler 13 does not directly drop to the defrosting heater 150. When a heater of a black medium such as a carbon heater is used in the defrosting heater 150, the frost of the cooler 13 can be efficiently melted by radiation heat transfer, so that the surface temperature can be made low ( When a flammable refrigerant (for example, a hydrocarbon refrigerant such as isobutane) is used for the refrigerant used in the refrigeration cycle, the risk of ignition can be reduced even if the refrigerant leaks. Sex. In addition, compared with the nichrome wire heater, the frost of the cooler 13 can be efficiently melted by radiation heat transfer, so that the frost attached to the cooler 13 is slowly melted, and the frost is not easily formed into a block. Since the whole piece is dropped, it is possible to reduce the falling sound when it falls to the heater top plate 151, and it is possible to provide a refrigerator which is low in noise and excellent in defrosting efficiency.

Here, the defrosting heater 150 may be combined with the cooler 13 as An integrated combination heater. Alternatively, a glass tube type heater and a combination type heater may be used in combination. The defrosted water generated in the cooler 13 or the defrosted water falling on the heater top plate 151 is dropped in the cooler chamber and discharged to the outside of the refrigerator through a defrosting water discharge port provided below the cooler chamber 131 (for example, The evaporation tray of the machine room 1A, etc.).

a switching chamber damper 15 as a means of air volume adjustment, The amount of cold air blown by the cooling air circulation fan 14 to the switching chamber 4 serving as the storage compartment is adjusted to control the temperature in the switching chamber 4 to a predetermined temperature or to switch the set temperature of the switching chamber 4 . The cold air cooled by the cooler 13 passes through the switching chamber cold air passage 16 as a cold air passage, and is blown into the switching chamber 4. Further, the switching chamber cold air passage 16 is disposed downstream of the switching chamber damper 15.

In addition, the refrigerating compartment damper 55 as an air volume adjusting means is adjusted The amount of cold air that is blown to the refrigerating compartment 2 as the storage compartment by the cooling air circulation fan 14 is a means for controlling the temperature in the refrigerating compartment 2 to a predetermined temperature to change the set temperature of the refrigerating compartment 2. The cold air cooled by the cooler 13 passes through the refrigerating compartment cold air passage 50 as a cold air passage, and is blown into the refrigerating compartment 2 .

For example, in the storage room, the temperature in the storage room 4 is in the storage room. The compartment (storage room) of the temperature in the storage compartment can be selected from a plurality of stages between the freezing temperature zone (below -17 ° C) and the vegetable compartment temperature zone (3 to 10 ° C), by operating the refrigerator set in the refrigerator 1 The operation panel 60 of the left door 7A of the door panel and the right door 7B of the refrigerator compartment door can select or switch the temperature of the storage compartment.

On the inner side wall surface of the switching chamber 4, for example, it is set for detection Switching chamber temperature measuring resistor of the first temperature detecting means for switching the air temperature of the chamber 4 (thermister) 19 (refer to FIG. 3), for example, a top surface (a center portion, a front portion, or a rear portion) of the switching chamber 4 is provided as a direct detection for being placed in the switching chamber 4 as a storage chamber. A thermopile 22 (see Fig. 3 or an infrared sensor) of the second temperature detecting means of the surface temperature of the storage. In the air passage for sending the cold air from the cooler chamber 131 to the switching chamber 4, a switching chamber damper 15 as an air volume adjusting device capable of controlling the air volume or shielding the air passage to prevent the cold air from entering is provided, and is used as the first temperature detecting means. The detection temperature of the room temperature measuring resistor 19 (or the detected temperature of the thermopile 22) is switched to turn the switching chamber damper 15 on/off, whereby the control device 30 controls the adjustment so that the temperature of the switching chamber 4 becomes The selected temperature band, or enter the set temperature range. Further, the temperature of the food as the storage of the switching chamber 4 is directly detected by the thermopile 22 as the second temperature detecting means. Here, although the machine room 1A is shown in the lowermost part of the back surface of the refrigerator 1, it may be provided in the upper part of the back surface (for example, the uppermost part of the back surface).

(water mist supply device)

In the storage wall, for example, the partition wall 51 (rear wall, heat insulating wall) on the back side (back side) of the refrigerating compartment 2, a water mist device that supplies water mist for sterilization or humidification in the storage compartment is provided. Electrostatic water mist device 200. The electrostatic water mist device 200 is provided such that a cooling member (for example, a cooling plate) for collecting moisture in the air in the storage chamber by condensing water contacts or penetrates from the refrigerating chamber 2 as a storage chamber to form the refrigerating chamber 2 The partition wall 51 on the back side of the heat insulation on the back side or the cooler chamber wall of the front wall of the cooler chamber 131 such as the cooler 13 or the cooling air circulation fan 14 is disposed. The partition wall 51 may be a back wall 730, a side wall 790, a top wall 740, a bottom wall 780, and a partition wall 24 between the storage compartments. The cooling member (example) The cooling plate is provided so as to be able to use cold air which is provided in the cold air passages 50, 760 of the refrigerating compartment which are provided on the back side or side surface side of the partition wall 51 or the upper and lower cold air passages, or is different from the partition wall Cooling is performed by cold air in another low temperature storage room (for example, a freezing compartment or an ice making compartment or a switching compartment, which is also a low temperature in the storage compartment) of the storage compartment on the opposite side of the storage compartment of 51 (for example, a refrigerator compartment or a vegetable compartment). Here, the electrostatic water mist device 200 will be described. However, other sterilization devices, sterilization devices, humidification devices, and the like may be used as long as sterilization, sterilization, or humidification in the storage compartment can be performed.

(display)

Fig. 3 is a block diagram showing a control device 30 of the refrigerator 1 according to the first embodiment of the present invention. The control device 30 is equipped with a microcomputer 30a for controlling the temperature of each storage compartment of the refrigerator 1, controlling the number of revolutions of the compressor 12 or the cooling air circulation fan 14, switching the chamber damper 15, and the refrigerating compartment according to a program stored in advance. The switch control of the damper 55, the voltage application control to the water mist device (the electrostatic water mist device 200), and the like. The operation panel 60 is provided, for example, as will be described later.

(1) selecting a compartment selection switch 60a of a storage compartment such as a refrigerating compartment, a freezing compartment, a switching compartment, or the like;

(2) switching the temperature zone (refrigeration, freezing, cooling, soft freezing, etc.) of the storage compartment such as the switching room, or switching the temperature zone switching switch 60b such as quenching or strong/medium/weak;

(3) an instant freezing switch 60c that is cryopreserved through a subcooled state in the storage chamber (instantaneous freezing is also referred to as supercooling freezing);

(4) About making ice, selecting transparent ice, general, rapid, stop, etc. ice making switch 60d;

(5) energizing the electrostatic water mist device 200, and performing a water mist spray switch 60e (electrostatic spray selection) for supplying water mist (electrostatic spray) in the storage chamber;

(6) Network connection switch connected to the network by wired or wireless (not shown)

(7) Read the information of the server connected to the refrigerator or the mobile terminal, such as a cloud server or a mobile terminal, or the instruction content transmitted from the server or the mobile terminal or the transmission to the server or the mobile terminal. Information reading switch (not shown)

(8) A charging switch for charging a mobile phone or a mobile terminal or a computer (not shown).

Here, a temperature detecting sensor that detects the temperature in the storage chamber (for example, the switching chamber 4) will be described. In the present embodiment, a switching chamber temperature measuring resistor 19 as a first temperature detecting means and a thermopile 22 as a second temperature detecting means are provided as a detection storage chamber (for example, switching) A temperature detection sensor for the temperature within chamber 4). The detection temperature of the switching chamber temperature measuring resistor 19, which is the first temperature detecting means for detecting the air temperature in the storage chamber (for example, the switching chamber 4), is input to the microcomputer 30a constituting the control device 30, and is in the microcomputer 30a ( For example, the temperature determination means in the microcomputer 30a performs temperature determination in comparison with a predetermined value, and performs control so as to enter a predetermined temperature range. In addition, a detection signal of the thermopile 22 as a second temperature detecting means for directly detecting the surface temperature of the food or the like in the storage chamber (for example, the switching chamber 4) is input to the microcomputer 30a, and is in the microcomputer 30a (for example, the microcomputer 30a). In the calculation means, the calculation is performed to convert the surface temperature to a food or the like, and then a predetermined temperature control such as rapid freezing control or supercooling freezing control is performed. In addition, the control device 30 Various controls such as temperature control in each storage compartment (refrigerator 2, ice making compartment 3, switching compartment 4, vegetable compartment 5, freezer compartment 6) or energization control of electrostatic water mist apparatus 200 are performed, and the left side of the refrigerator compartment door is 7A. And an operation panel 60 (display panel) or a server or a mobile terminal of any one of the right side 7B of the refrigerating compartment door displays a set temperature or a food (surface) temperature of each storage compartment or an electrostatic water mist device installed in each storage compartment 200 operating conditions, etc.

(box structure of the refrigerator)

Fig. 4 is a cross-sectional view showing the refrigerator in the first embodiment of the present invention. The drawing is a cross-sectional view when the refrigerator is cut in a plane perpendicular to the vertical direction of the refrigerator 1. In the fourth embodiment, the same portions as those in the first to third embodiments are denoted by the same reference numerals, and their description will be omitted.

In Fig. 4, the heat insulating box 700 constituting the refrigerator 1 is composed of an outer box 710 and an inner box 750. A vacuum heat insulating material 400 is disposed between the outer box 710 and the inner box 750. The vacuum heat insulating material 400 is provided on the back surface of the refrigerator 1, and is directly attached to the outer casing 710 through a second adhesive which is a second intermediate member such as hot melt or double-sided tape. Further, the vacuum heat insulating material 400 is directly attached to a part of the inner box 750 by an adhesive (for example, a portion in the left-right direction of the wall surface forming the back surface of the inner box 750), and a slightly central portion of the back side of the inner box 750. The left and right end portions (corner portions) in the vicinity of the side wall 790 other than the side wall 790 form a convex portion 450 that protrudes toward the front side from the back surface wall 730, and is configured such that the vacuum heat insulating material 400 and the convex portion 450 have only a predetermined length. They overlap, but in the convex portion 450, there may be a portion where the vacuum heat insulating material 400 is not filled with only the polyurethane. In addition, an adhesive agent as a first intermediate member is filled between the inner case 750 and the vacuum heat insulating material 400 (for example, a foamed heat insulating material having self-adhesive properties such as hard polyurethane can be used), and the vacuum is partitioned. The hot material 400 is transmitted through the adhesive as the first intermediate member (for example, a rigid polyurethane) And the like) is disposed between the inner box 750 and the outer box 710. Therefore, the vacuum heat insulating material 400 is fixedly adhered or fixed to the inner case 750 or the outer case 710 by the first intermediate member and the second intermediate member.

Here, the shape of the back of the inner box 750 is from the front side of the refrigerator 1 (storage) When viewed on the side of the compartment, a concave groove-shaped recess 440 (also referred to as a first recess) is formed in a substantially central portion penetrating the upper and lower sides, and the vacuum heat insulating material 400 is formed in the recess 440 formed at a substantially central portion thereof. It is directly attached to the outer case 710 and the inner case 750 through an adhesive. In addition, when viewed from the front side (storage chamber side) of the refrigerator 1, the back surface of the inner box 750 has a shape in which the end portion side in the width direction (left-right direction) is formed to be slightly open to the front side than the width direction (left-right direction). A convex shape protruding from the side (storage side). In other words, the shape of the back surface of the inner box 750 is such that a slightly central portion in the left-right direction has a groove-like recess 440 that is recessed toward the outer box side (the rear side of the refrigerator) on the left and right end sides, and the recess 440 is provided in the storage compartment. The up and down direction of the refrigerator in the side (for example, the refrigerating compartment 2).

That is, the concave portion 440 is formed by the side surface 452 of the convex portion 450 and the rear surface wall 730, and the inner tank 750 forming the inner surface (storage chamber side) of the rear surface wall 730 and the outer casing 710 forming the outer surface of the rear surface wall 730 are provided with a plate shape. Vacuum insulation material 400. Here, although not shown, a plate-shaped vacuum heat insulating material 400 may be provided between the inner box 750 forming the inner surface (storage chamber side) of the side wall 790 and the outer box 710 forming the outer surface of the side wall 790. . The cold air passage 760 provided in the rear wall 730 or the recess 440 is provided by the first air passage unit 762 as a design covering member and on the back side of the first air passage unit 762 (on the inner box 750 side). The heat insulating second air passage unit 764 is configured and provided in the recess 440. The first air passage module 762 or the second air passage module 764 as a covering member has a mounting portion (engagement portion) and is embedded in the The mounting portion (engagement portion) of the convex portion 450 or the rear surface wall 730 or the fixing member is fixed by a fixing member such as a screw to attach the covering member 760 to the convex portion 450 or the back wall 730.

a convex portion formed on the left and right end sides of the back surface of the storage compartment In the 450, the center side in the width direction (the range of the overlap length X) is such that the vacuum heat insulating material 400 is disposed between the outer casing 710 and the inner box 750, and the vacuum heat insulating material 400 and the inner box 750 are filled as the first The adhesive for the intermediate member (the foamed heat insulating material 701 having self-adhesiveness, for example, a rigid polyurethane), and the second intermediate member 710 and the vacuum heat insulating material 400 are used as the second intermediate member. The 2nd adhesive sticks. On the end side in the width direction of the convex portion 450, a heat insulating material 701 (for example, a rigid polyurethane) is filled between the outer casing 710 and the inner box 750, and a portion where the vacuum heat insulating material 400 is not provided is provided. Of course, in the convex portion 450, when the vacuum heat insulating material 400 is increased in the width direction and the arrangement area of the vacuum heat insulating material 400 in the width direction is increased, the heat insulating performance and the strength of the casing are improved, but the cost is changed. In the high relationship, as long as the heat insulating performance and strength are equal to or higher than a predetermined value, a portion where the vacuum heat insulating material 400 is not provided can be set.

In the recessed portion 440, the vacuum heat insulating material 400 is directly adhered to the outer casing 710 through the second adhesive as the second intermediate member, and is self-adhesive through the polyurethane as the first intermediate member. The adhesive and foaming adhesive are adhered to the inner box 750. (Between the vacuum heat insulating material 400 and the inner box 750, for example, a rigid polyurethane as an adhesive is filled.)

Therefore, in the heat insulating box or the refrigerator provided with the vacuum heat insulating material, in the width direction of the back surface of the storage compartment as in the past (for example, Patent Document 2), no polyamino group is provided in the arrangement portion of the vacuum heat insulating material. Carbamate, etc. In the case of the heat insulating material 701 which is the main purpose, the vacuum heat insulating material 400 is provided in the inner case 750, and in the present embodiment, the polyurethane is formed in the vertical direction on the left and right end sides (the end side in the width direction). Since the convex portion 450 composed of the heat insulating material 701 such as an acid ester is formed, the torsional strength and bending strength of the casing are improved by forming the convex portion 450. In the configuration disclosed in the reference 2, in the width direction of the back surface of the storage compartment, there is no portion where the convex portion 450 and the arrangement portion of the vacuum heat insulating material 400 overlap, so that the convex portion 450 and the case where the case is twisted The vacuum insulation material 400 is separated to cause a decrease in strength and damage to the casing. Here, the ear portion of the vacuum heat insulating material (only the portion of the outer covering material) does not have a heat insulating function because it has no heart material, and its strength is also weak. Therefore, the ear portion of the vacuum heat insulating material is not included in The components of the vacuum insulation material are included.

Here, as shown in this embodiment, the width of the back of the storage compartment In the direction, if the convex portion 450 is disposed to overlap at least a portion of the disposed portion of the vacuum heat insulating material 400 (if only the overlapping length X is overlapped), the rigid polyurethane filled inside the convex portion 450 is formed. Also, a portion between the vacuum heat insulating material 400 on the end side in the width direction (left-right direction) of the vacuum heat insulating material 400 and the inner box 750 is filled, so that the vacuum is filled in the position opposite to the convex portion 450. The thickness of the hard polyurethane between the hot material 400 and the inner box 750 is greater than the thickness of the hard polyurethane between the vacuum heat insulating material 400 and the inner box 750 at a position opposite to the recess 440, thus The adhesion area of the rigid polyurethane to the vacuum heat insulating material 400 is increased, and the thickness of the rigid polyurethane of the vacuum heat insulating material 400 portion can be increased, thereby increasing the hard polymerization in the convex portion 450. The bonding strength of the urethane and the vacuum heat insulating material 400.

Therefore, between the vacuum insulation material 400 of the recess 440 and the inner box 750 Even if the thickness of the rigid polyurethane is thinned, the bonding strength between the convex portion 450 and the vacuum heat insulating material 400, and the convex portion 450 and the side wall 790 (or the surrounding wall of the convex portion 450) can be greatly improved, and Greatly improve the strength of the cabinet. Further, since the thickness of the rigid polyurethane can be increased in the convex portion 450, the heat insulating performance can be improved even in a portion where the vacuum heat insulating material 400 is not provided.

In addition, in the present embodiment, the patent document as in the past is not required. In order to secure the strength of the box, the vacuum heat insulating material, the inner box, and the outer box are formed into a complicated shape. In addition, an organic fiber or an inorganic fiber core material (cotton heart material or As a core material of a vacuum heat insulating material, it is possible to obtain a heat insulating box, a refrigerator, a display case, a water storage device, and a machine having a vacuum heat insulating material which are low in cost and simple in structure and high in heat insulating performance.

Therefore, since storage of the back of the case does not occur, for example, storage The inside of the room is formed with irregularities, or, for example, the casing is deformed so that the storage compartment door piece (for example, the refrigerating compartment door piece 7) provided in front of the storage compartment (for example, the refrigerating compartment 2) is skewed, or the left and right doors are opened, for example, when the door piece is left and right. One of the sheets (7A, 7B) is skewed to cause a positional shift, so that the opening and closing of the storage compartment door can be smoothly performed, and the appearance of the left and right storage compartment door pieces is not changed (design Sex) good. In addition, the opening or closing door or the drawer type box which is provided in the inner wall or the left and right side walls of the storage compartment (for example, the ice making compartment 3, the switching compartment 4, the vegetable compartment 5, the freezing compartment 6, etc.) does not occur due to the deformation of the casing. Since the mounting height of the rail members is different or inclined, the refrigerator can be smoothly accessed and the refrigerator and the machine can be obtained with high reliability and ease of use.

In addition, when the vacuum heat insulating material 400 is in the form of a flat plate, it will be true. When the air-conditioning material 400 is mounted on the back surface of the refrigerator 1, it is easy to be twisted in the left-right direction (width direction) or the front-rear direction, and it is easy to twist. In this case, in the state of being mounted on a refrigerator or the like, on the back side. A convex portion 450 in which a heat insulating material such as polyurethane is provided in the vertical direction is formed in the left and right end portions, and the vacuum heat insulating material 400 is integrally formed with the polyurethane filled in the convex portion 450. Since the inner case 750, the vacuum heat insulating material 400, and the outer case 710 are integrally bonded by the convex portion 450, the bending strength (especially the bending strength in the front-rear direction) or the torsional strength of the case 700 can be improved. Therefore, it is possible to suppress the leakage of cold air due to the bending deformation of the opening of the storage chamber opened in the front opening, the positional displacement of the sealing member of the opening, and the like, thereby achieving a highly reliable, high-performance and energy-saving heat insulating box. , refrigerators, and machines with vacuum insulation.

In addition, between the inner box 750 and the vacuum heat insulating material 400, it has: A portion (protrusion portion 450) of a foamed heat insulating material such as polyurethane which is mainly used for heat insulation, and an adhesive which is not mainly used for heat insulation (for example, not for heat insulation purposes) Since the adhesive is the main purpose, as long as it has self-adhesiveness, it may be a polyurethane (such as a concave portion 440), and therefore a portion (recessed portion 440) to which an adhesive is mainly used for adhesion is provided. It is not necessary to have a predetermined thickness as a heat insulating material for obtaining heat insulating properties, and it is only required to have a predetermined adhesive strength, so that a heat insulating material such as polyurethane which is mainly used for heat insulation is provided. In the portion to be used for the purpose of adhesion (for example, the concave portion 440), the thickness of the adhesive may be relatively small. Therefore, in the case of using a rigid polyurethane as an adhesive, it is mainly based on heat insulation. The portion to be used for the purpose can greatly reduce the thickness of the polyurethane. Therefore, it is possible to reduce the wall thickness by the difference in the thickness of the adhesive. Therefore, it is possible to change the content of the storage room. Large, and easy to use refrigerators, machines.

Here, as a drive for accommodating control wiring, compressors, fans, etc. The tube 720 that uses the wire storage member of the wire such as the power line is placed in the vertical direction in the heat insulating material 701 such as polyurethane in which the convex portion 450 is formed. In the tube 720, control wiring for performing various types of damper opening and closing control, operation control of the compressor 12 or the cooling air circulation fan 14 or the like, or electric power for supplying the compressor 12 or the cooling air circulation fan 14 or the like is housed. Wires such as power lines. A wire for controlling a wiring or a power line or the like is connected to a compressor 12 disposed in a machine room 1A provided at a lower portion (or an upper portion) of the refrigerator 1 or a control device provided on a back surface or a bottom surface or a top surface of the refrigerator 1 through a pipe 720 (control board or the like) 30, or a cooling air circulation fan 14 provided in the cooler chamber 131 or the like, a switching chamber damper 15 provided in the cold air passage, the refrigerating chamber damper 55, or provided to cover the storage compartment (for example, refrigerating) An operation panel 60 or the like on the front opening and closing door piece (for example, the refrigerating compartment door piece 7) of the front portion of the chamber 2).

The left and right direction of the vacuum heat insulating material 400 provided on the back surface of the refrigerator 1 The width is smaller than the width between the storage chamber walls 791 and 792 of the side wall 790 of the refrigerator 1, so that a plurality of heat insulating materials such as polyurethane are not blocked at the end portion of the back surface of the refrigerator 1 in the left-right direction. The filling ports 703 and 704 do not block the filling flow path of the heat insulating material such as polyurethane filled in the filling ports 703 and 704.

Here, the left and right of the vacuum heat insulating material 400 provided on the back surface of the refrigerator 1 The width of the direction is equal to or smaller than the width (distance) between the walls of the storage compartment (between the storage chamber wall 791 and the storage chamber wall 792) of the side wall 790 of the refrigerator 1, so that the heat insulation of the polyurethane or the like is not blocked. Filling or filling the flow path, so It is preferable that the polyurethane heat insulating material is filled without interruption, and the heat insulating material 400 is disposed so as to be disposed at the left and right ends of the back side of the refrigerator 1 . When the filling ports 703 and 704 of the heat insulating material such as polyurethane are disposed at the same position or closer to the center side (inside direction) than the filling ports 703 and 704, the filling port 703 of the polyurethane heat insulating material is Since the 704 is not blocked by the vacuum heat insulating material 400, it does not hinder the heat insulating material such as polyurethane filled in the filling ports 703 and 704 in the side wall 790, or in the convex portion 450, or in the vacuum compartment. The hot material 400 and the inner tank 750 flow (fill) without causing poor polyurethane filling or the like without deteriorating the heat insulating performance.

Here, the vacuum heat insulating material 400 is wider than the side wall 790 of the refrigerator 1. When at least a part of the filling ports 703 and 704 of the polyurethane heat insulating material is blocked to protrude outward in the direction, the filling is filled by the filling ports 703 and 704 of the heat insulating material such as polyurethane. The urethane may be prevented from flowing in the side wall 790, or in the convex portion 450, or between the vacuum heat insulating material 400 and the inner box 750 due to the vacuum heat insulating material 400, and may occur on the side wall or the like. Poor filling of polyurethane or the like causes a decrease in heat insulating performance.

Therefore, the vacuum heat insulating material 400 is disposed on the left side of the left and right arrangement (a In the range of the inside of the filling port 703 and the filling port 704 of the right side (the other side), the filling of the heat insulating material such as polyurethane provided on the right and left end portions of the back side of the refrigerator 1 is not required. The ports 703 and 704 are also protruded outward, whereby the heat insulating material such as polyurethane filled with the filling ports 703 and 704 is not impeded or hindered from being filled into the heat insulating box (the inner box 750 and the outer box 710). For example, in the side wall 790, in the convex portion 450, between the vacuum heat insulating material 400 and the inner box 750, between the vacuum heat insulating material 400 and the outer box 710, etc., it is possible to obtain a heat insulating property without lowering the heat insulating property. high Performance of the insulated cabinet or refrigerator.

When the width of the vacuum heat insulating material 400 is more outward than the filling ports 703 and 704 of the heat insulating material such as polyurethane provided on the right and left end portions of the back side of the refrigerator 1 (vacuum heat insulation) The position of the end portion of the material 400 in the width direction is disposed at the left and right end portions of the rear side of the refrigerator 1 and the positions of the filling ports 703 and 704 of the polyurethane or the like are disposed closer to the outer position), and the filling ports 703 and 704 are provided. Since it may be blocked by the vacuum heat insulating material 400, a notch portion 33 such as a notch or an opening may be provided in a portion of the vacuum heat insulating material 400 facing the filling ports 703 and 704 so that the vacuum heat insulating material 400 does not block. At least a portion of the fill ports 703, 704. As a result, the width of the vacuum heat insulating material 400 can be increased, and the heat insulating performance can be improved.

In the present embodiment, between the inner box 750 and the outer box 710 forming the convex portion (or between the inner box 750 and the vacuum heat insulating material 400), a heat insulating material 701 such as polyurethane or the like is placed. The heat insulating material of the material (heat insulating material other than polyurethane) improves the strength of the heat insulating box 700. However, when it is desired to further increase the strength of the heat insulating box 700, it is inside the convex portion 450 ( For example, between the vacuum heat insulating material 400 and the inner box 750, in the vicinity of the width direction end portion of the vacuum heat insulating material 400, or the like, or in the vicinity of the convex portion 450, for example, the outer side of the convex portion 450 (for example, the inner side of the inner box 750 or the inner box 750) The outer side) can also be used to set the reinforcing member.

In the reinforcing member, for example, a member having a low thermal conductivity (for example, a resin member made of a resin) has a small influence on the deterioration of the heat insulating property, and is preferable. However, if the reinforcing member is covered with a heat insulating material, Even a member made of metal (for example, made of aluminum or aluminum alloy) can suppress the deterioration of the heat insulating property, and its shape can be a rod shape (a round bar or a corner bar) or a tubular shape. In addition, it can also The configuration in which the rib is provided in the inner box 750 is not limited as long as it can increase the strength of the box such as the torsional strength or the bending strength of the heat insulating box 700. Here, a tube 720 or a refrigerant pipe 725 that accommodates a wire such as a control wire or a power line can be used as a reinforcing member, and if the pipe 720 or the refrigerant pipe 725 is also used as a reinforcing member, no other member for reinforcement is required. The cost is low, and the strength of the heat insulating box can be improved because the heat insulating box is reinforced. In addition, the reinforcing member may be disposed in the space between the convex portion 450 or the inner box 750 and the outer box 710, because the user does not directly see the reinforcing member to improve the design. Therefore, it is possible to obtain a heat insulating box, a refrigerator, and a machine which are low in cost, high in reliability, and excellent in design.

(Using the recess as a cold air path (1))

As the inner box 750 and the vacuum heat insulating material 400, the concave portion 440 of the portion directly attached by the adhesive (which may be a self-adhesive foaming heat insulating material) is opposed to the peripheral wall provided around and formed around the concave portion 440. The convex portion 450 of the corner portion (for example, the side wall 790 or the top wall 740 or the partition wall 24) is recessed, and therefore, the depressed portion can also be used as the cold air path 760. (Here, for example, when the storage compartment is the refrigerating compartment 2, the cold air duct 760 corresponds to the refrigerating compartment cold air duct 50, and when the storage compartment is the switching compartment 4, the cool air duct 760 corresponds to the switching compartment cold airflow. Road 16, in the case where the storage room is the vegetable compartment 5, the cold air duct 760 is equivalent to the cold air duct of the vegetable compartment.)

When the recessed portion 440 is used as the cold air passage 760, the opening of the second air passage unit 764 having the U-shaped (or concave-shaped) opening portion is disposed to open on the storage chamber side, and the air passage is covered. The air passage unit 762 is disposed to cover the U-shaped opening of the second air passage unit 764, and the first air passage assembly is used. The opening portion 762 blocks the opening of the second air passage module 764, whereby the cold air passage 760 in the slightly closed space can be formed. Each of the first air passage unit 762 and the second air passage unit 764 is made of a heat insulating material such as styrene or resin. However, the second air passage unit 764 disposed in the recess 440 is provided by the back side. The side air passage back assembly 765 and the side air passage side assembly 766 are formed.

The assembly on the back side of the second air passage assembly 764 The inner case 750 in which the recess 440 is formed is disposed on the back side of the member 765). The vacuum heat insulating material 400 and the inner box 750 forming the back wall 730 are provided by an adhesive, and the inner side of the side surface side assembly (wind passage side unit 766) of the second air passage unit 764 is provided by the inner box. In the convex portion 450 formed by the 750, a heat insulating material 701 such as polyurethane is provided in the convex portion 450. Therefore, even if the air passage back surface assembly 765 and the air passage side surface unit 766 constituting the second air passage unit 764 are not thermally insulated, the heat insulating performance can be ensured. In other words, the back side of the cold air passage 760 is secured by the vacuum heat insulating material 400 disposed in the back wall 730, and the side surface side of the cold air passage 760 is secured by the heat insulating material 701 in the convex portion 450. Since the air passage back surface assembly 765 and the air passage side surface unit 766 constituting the second air passage unit 764 can be made of a heat insulating material such as foamed styrene, the resin can be made of a resin or a metal without heat insulating properties. The material of the material can also ensure the heat insulation performance of the air-conditioning duct 760. Therefore, the member constituting the second air passage unit 764 can be a heat insulating material such as foamed styrene having heat insulating properties, and can be suppressed by a resin or a metal member which does not have heat insulating properties. The dew or the like adheres to the component forming the cold air path 760, or the dew adhesion due to the occurrence of dew.

Further, the first air passage module 762 is made of, for example, foamed styrene or the like. Insulating material with heat insulation or made of resin, etc., so that it is exposed on the storage compartment It does not adhere or produce and inhibits the adhesion of the dew. In the drawing, the first air passage unit 762 is provided with a protruding portion (extension portion) 763 whose width is larger than the width of the recessed portion 440 in the left-right direction or the width of the U-shaped opening portion of the second air passage module 764 in the left-right direction. In the protruding portion (extended portion) 763, the opening portion or the recess portion 440 of the second air passage unit 764 is blocked in a slightly sealed state to form the cold air passage 760, and the protruding portion (extension portion) 763 can be used. The first air passage module 762 is detachably fixed to the convex portion 450 or the second air passage assembly 764. Here, the first air passage module 762 can block the opening of the second air passage module 764 to ensure the cold air passage. Therefore, the recess portion 440 is not required as long as the opening of the second air passage module is blocked. If it is blocked, if the recessed portion 440 is blocked, the mounting system of the first air passage module 762 can be improved, and the design can be improved.

Here, a cold air path component of the cold air path 760 is formed (for example, The air passage unit 762 or the second air passage unit 764 or the like may be used as a reinforcing member for increasing the strength of the casing. When it is considered that the strength of the casing or the rigidity of the casing (for example, the torsional strength or the bending strength) is weak, the first air passage component 762 or the second air passage component 764 is used as the reinforcing member to increase the strength of the casing (box) Body rigidity). When the first air passage unit 762 or the second air passage unit 764 is made of a resin, it may be a predetermined thickness that can obtain the strength of the casing. However, if the thickness is to be reduced, heat conduction may be used without using a resin. A metal having a small rate (for example, a metal having a small thermal conductivity and a good heat insulating property than copper or aluminum). Further, a rib or the like may be provided in the width direction or the vertical direction on the first air passage unit 762 or the second air passage unit 764 to increase the torsional strength or the bending strength. When the strength or rigidity of the heat insulating box 700 is not a problem, the second air path assembly 764 can be omitted, and the concave portion 440 can be directly used as the back wall of the cold air path 760, The side wall and the first air passage unit 762 are disposed to cover the opening of the recess 440.

The recess 440 is directly used as the back wall of the cold air passage 760, In the case of the side wall, since it is not necessary to provide the second air passage module 764, the heat insulating box 700 and the refrigerator 1 having a simple structure and low cost can be obtained. In this case, the first air passage module 762 is provided so as to cover the recessed portion 440, and the protruding portion (extension portion) 763 of the first air passage module 762 is detachably fixed to the convex portion 450 by the detachable portion 450. The protrusion (extension) 763 is directly fixed to the convex portion 450 to increase the strength of the case. By using the first air passage module 762 as a covering portion covering the recessed portion 440, the recessed portion 440 can be used as the cold air passage 760. Here, the strength of the heat insulating box can be increased by thickening the thickness of the first air passage module 762 or by providing a rib to increase the rigidity thereof and using it as a reinforcing member.

In the air-conditioning duct 760, one or more of them are provided for supplying cold air. A cold air supply port (air-cooling air outlet) 768 is supplied to the storage compartment (for example, the refrigerating compartment 2 or the vegetable compartment 5). One or a plurality of cold air supply ports (cold air blowing ports) 768 are provided in the first air passage unit 762 or the second air passage unit 764, and are disposed so as to efficiently cool the storage chamber. The cold air supply port 768 may be provided as a side air outlet that is blown to the side of the storage compartment, a front air outlet that is blown forward, or a side front oblique air outlet that blows in the oblique direction of the side and the front, or The upper front oblique air outlet that is blown in the oblique direction upward and forward, or the lower front oblique air outlet that blows in the oblique direction downward and forward, or the side that blows in the oblique direction to the side and the upper side The side outlet is blown obliquely toward the side outlet and the side direction and the downward direction.

In the present embodiment, an example in which the vacuum heat insulating material 400 is provided on the back wall 730 of the heat insulating box 700 or the back surface of the refrigerator 1 will be described. It is disposed on the side wall 790 or the top wall 740 or the bottom wall 780 of the heat insulating box 700, or the side or top or bottom surface of the refrigerator 1. Further, the vacuum heat insulating material 400 may be provided in a storage compartment door (for example, the refrigerating compartment door piece 7 or the freezing compartment door piece 11 or the like) that covers the front opening of the storage compartment, and in this case, the heat insulation can be further improved. performance.

In Fig. 4, in the cold air path 760, on the side (as before A cold air supply port (cooling air outlet) 768 is provided in a side surface of the first air passage module 762 of the surface covering portion. The cold air supply port 768 is a protruding portion (extension portion) 763 of the first air passage module 762 provided on the front end surface 451 of the convex portion 450. When the air passage side surface assembly 766 of the second air passage unit 764 is provided with the cold air supply port (the cold air blowing port) 768, the cold air path 760 is further directed to the refrigerator 1 than the end surface 451 of the front side of the convex portion 450. The portion protruding from the front side is the size of the opening of the cold air supply port (cooling air outlet) 768. Therefore, the front side end surface 451 of the convex portion 450 with respect to the front side end surface 769 of the first air passage module 762 as the covering member. It is recessed toward the back side (rear), and this concave portion (the space between the protruding portion (extension portion) 763 and the side wall 790) recessed inward is usable as an accommodation space.

In the present embodiment, the first air passage module 762 as a covering portion The front side end surface 769 is provided to protrude toward the storage chamber side from the front side end surface 451 of the convex portion 450, and therefore, a difference in height (step portion 775) is generated. The stepping portion 775 can be used to provide the cold air supply port (cooling air outlet) 768, and by providing the step portion 775, the side portion of the step portion 775 (the side of the cold air supply port 768) and the side wall 790 can be provided. The space 770 is provided with a storage space for storing a storage item such as a food. Therefore, by providing the extension portion 763 in the first air passage module 762, The step portion 775 can be formed, and the cold air supply port (cooling air outlet) 768 can be placed in the step portion 775, and the food or the like stored or stored in the storage space of the space 770 on the side of the step portion 775 can be stored. The storage is effectively cooled.

(Using the recess as a cold air path (2))

In the above-described example, the recessed portion 440 is used as the cold air passage 760, and the cold air supply port (cooling air outlet) 768 is provided in the step portion 775. However, the step size may be reduced as much as possible to increase the volume in the storage chamber.

Figure 5 is a cross-sectional view showing another refrigerator in the first embodiment of the present invention. The plan view is a cross-sectional view when the refrigerator is cut in a plane perpendicular to the vertical direction of the refrigerator 1. In the fifth embodiment, the portions corresponding to those in the first to fourth embodiments are denoted by the same reference numerals and the description thereof will be omitted.

In Fig. 5, as in Fig. 4, the recess 440 is used as the cold air path 760.

That is, the concave portion 440 is formed by the side surface 452 of the convex portion 450 and the rear surface wall 730, and the inner tank 750 forming the inner surface (storage chamber side) of the rear surface wall 730 and the outer casing 710 forming the outer surface of the rear surface wall 730 are provided with a plate shape. Vacuum insulation material 400. Here, although not shown, a plate-shaped vacuum heat insulating material 400 may be provided between the inner box 750 forming the inner surface (storage chamber side) of the side wall 790 and the outer box 710 forming the outer surface of the side wall 790. . The cold air passage 760 provided in the rear wall 730 or the recess 440 is provided by the first air passage unit 762 as a design covering member and on the back side of the first air passage unit 762 (on the inner box 750 side). The heat insulating second air passage unit 764 is configured and provided in the recess 440. The first air passage module 762 or the second air passage module 764 as a cover member has a mounting portion (engagement portion), and is fitted in a mounting portion (engagement portion) provided on the convex portion 450 or the rear wall 730 or by a screw Fixed structure The mounting members are engaged with each other to mount the covering member 760 on the convex portion 450 or the back wall 730.

The cold air passage 760 is provided as a cover portion that is provided to cover at least a part or all of the storage unit side opening portion of the second air passage unit 764 housed in the recess portion 440 or the storage portion side opening portion of the recess portion 440 The air passage unit 762 and the recessed portion 440 or the second air passage unit 764 are configured, and the first air passage unit 762 is fixed or fixed to the end surface 451 on the front side of the convex portion 450 or the air passage side of the second air passage unit 764. Component 766. In the present embodiment, since the step portion 775 formed by the extended portion 763 of the first air passage module 762 has a small size, it is difficult to form a step on the side surface formed by the extended portion 763 of the first air passage module 762. Since the cold air supply port 768 is provided in the portion 775, the cold air supply port (cooling air outlet) 768 can be provided only on the front side of the first air passage unit 762. However, since the thickness of the protruding portion (extended portion) 763 of the first air passage module 762 can be reduced, the size of the step portion 775 can be reduced. Therefore, the depth direction in the storage compartment can be lengthened, and the amount of the lengthening of the step portion 775 can be increased, and the storage volume in the storage compartment can be increased.

Here, the shape of the first air passage module 762 as the covering portion may be a plate shape as shown in FIGS. 4 and 5, but may be a curved shape (for example, an arc shape or an arch shape) that protrudes toward the storage chamber side. . When the first air passage module 762 has a curved shape, the opening direction of the cold air supply port 768 can be set not only toward the front direction of the storage compartment but also in the oblique direction by the curved portion, thereby increasing the position of the cold air supply port 768. The degree of freedom, therefore, is able to cool the entire storage room.

After the second air passage module 764 is fixed or held by the recess 440, the first air passage module 762 is fixed or held on the front end side 451 or the second side of the convex portion 450. The air passage unit 764 may be used. However, the first air passage unit 762 and the second air passage unit may be fixed or held in advance by the first air passage unit 764. The assembly of the 764 is housed or disposed in the recess 440, and the protruding portion (extended portion) 763 of the first air passage module 762 is fixed or held by the convex portion 450 (for example, the end surface 451 on the front side). In this way, the second air passage unit 764 can be fixed or held in the first air passage unit 762 to form the cold air passage 760, and can be attached to the convex portion 450 in the storage chamber. Therefore, the second air passage unit 764 can be easily assembled and can be easily unloaded. Since the assembly of the cold air passage 760 can be configured by the second air passage unit 764 and the first air passage unit 762, the assembly of the cold air passage 760 can be easily attached to the storage chamber in a detachable manner. (for example, the convex portion 450).

In addition, there is a main purpose between the vacuum insulation material 400 and the vacuum insulation material 400. In the recess 440 which is an adhesive for the first intermediate member (which may be a foamed heat insulating material having self-adhesiveness), the first intermediate member between the inner case 750 and the vacuum heat insulating material 400 is used as the first intermediate member. The thickness of the adhesive (which may be a self-adhesive foaming heat insulating material) is small, so it is assumed that the cold air path 760 (the first air path component or the second air path component 764 or the first air path component and the first When the assembly of the air passage module is attached to the recess 440, the vacuum heat insulating material 400 may be damaged by the screw for fixing. However, in the present embodiment, the cold air duct 760 is installed. Since the convex portion 450 is provided, the cold air passage 760 does not have to be attached to the recessed portion 440 or the inner box 750 at a position opposite to the vacuum heat insulating material 400, so that the outer covering material of the vacuum heat insulating material 400 is not damaged, and reliability can be obtained. A heat-insulating cabinet, a refrigerator, and a machine that have high and low heat insulation performance degradation or deterioration.

Here, the cold air passage 760 is installed when the first air passage module 762 is installed. In the convex portion 450 so as to cover the concave portion 440, even if the second air passage assembly 764 is not provided Since the cold air passage 760 can also be formed, it is possible to obtain a highly reliable heat insulating box or refrigerator which has a small number of components and is easy to assemble at low cost.

(Using the recess as a cold air path (3))

Fig. 6 is a cross-sectional view showing another refrigerator according to the first embodiment of the present invention, which is a cross-sectional view when the refrigerator is cut in a plane perpendicular to the vertical direction of the refrigerator 1. In the sixth embodiment, the same portions as those in the first to fifth embodiments are denoted by the same reference numerals, and their description will be omitted.

In Fig. 6, the concave portion 440 is formed by the side surface 452 of the convex portion 450 and the rear surface wall 730, and the inner box 750 which forms the inner surface (storage chamber side) of the rear surface wall 730 and the outer casing 710 which forms the outer surface of the rear surface wall 730 A plate-shaped vacuum heat insulating material 400 is provided. Further, although not shown, a plate-shaped vacuum heat insulating material 400 may be provided between the inner box 750 forming the inner surface (storage chamber side) of the side wall 790 and the outer box 710 forming the outer surface of the side wall 790. The cold air passage 760 provided in the rear wall 730 or the recess 440 is provided by the first air passage unit 762 as a design covering member and on the back side of the first air passage unit 762 (on the inner box 750 side). The heat insulating second air passage unit 764 is configured and provided in the recess 440. The first air passage module 762 or the second air passage module 764 as a covering member has a mounting portion (engagement portion), and is fitted in a mounting portion (engagement portion) provided on the rear wall or a fixing member such as a screw. The mounting portions are engaged with each other to mount the cover member 760 to the back wall 730. In the drawing, a space 770 is provided between the side (side) 766 of the cold air passage 760 and the side (side) 452 of the convex portion 450, and this space 770 can be used as a storage space, and therefore, the storage room can be used ( For example, the storage volume of the storage item in the refrigerator compartment 2) becomes large.

In Fig. 6, the second air passage component constituting the cold air passage 760 764, the cross-sectional shape with respect to the flow direction of the cold air (for example, the vertical direction of the refrigerator 1) is a U-shape having an opening, and the U-shaped opening is attached to the storage compartment of the refrigerator 1 (the recess 440 disposed on the back surface of the storage compartment) ) is set to face the back direction of the refrigerator 1. The first air passage assembly 762 is fixed or held in the convex portion 450 in a state where the first air passage assembly 762 is pressed, so that the U-shaped opening of the second air passage assembly 764 and the inner box 750 forming the concave portion 440 are formed. In response to this, the cold air path 760 is formed by the second air passage unit 764 and the inner box 750. Here, when the first air passage module 762 is composed of a member having a heat insulating function (for example, styrene or a porous member), the second air passage unit 764 is not required, so that the first air passage can be used. The assembly 762 and the inner box constitute a cold air path 760, resulting in a low cost refrigerator and machine. The second air passage unit 764 has a U-shaped opening in a cross section with respect to the flow direction of the cold air. However, the second air passage unit 764 may not have a U-shape. As long as the cold air passage can be formed, the cross section of the cold air passage may be a cross section with respect to the flow direction of the cold air. The shape may be angular or elliptical and a cold air path may be formed inside the shape. The cross-sectional shape of the internal cold air passage may also be angular or elliptical. When the cold air passage is circular or elliptical, the flow path impedance is small and the efficiency is good. Further, if the width is longer than the circular shape in the width direction, the length in the depth direction can be shortened, so that the storage in the storage compartment can be reduced. The amount of protrusion is increased, and the storage volume can be increased.

Here, the first air path component 762 or the second air path component 764 can be The inner air tank 750 that forms the recess 440 is directly fixed or fixed, thereby forming the cold air passage 760. However, as shown in FIG. 4, the first air passage unit 762 may be provided with a protruding portion (extension portion) 763. The protruding portion 763 is extended to be longer than that shown in Fig. 4, whereby the protruding portion (extended portion) 763 can be fixed to the convex portion 450 across the space 770. In this case, according to the fixed protrusion (extension) 763 The position of the space 770 may be reduced by the protruding portion 763. Therefore, if the protruding portion (extension portion) 763 is extended (crossed) to the top surface wall 740 or the bottom surface provided above and below the cold air path 760 When the wall 780 or the partition wall 24 or the shelf 80 between the partitions is partitioned or fixed to the convex portion 450, the storage volume can be reduced (it is possible to suppress the storage object having a high height from reaching the protruding portion (extension portion) ) 763 and cannot be stored).

Here, the assembly (the first air passage unit or the second air passage unit, etc.) forming the cold air passage 760 can be directly fixed or held in the vicinity of the top wall 740 provided on the upper and lower sides of the cold air passage 760 or in the vicinity of the bottom wall 780. Or separate the vicinity of the partition wall 24 between the storage compartments or the side walls 790. (For example, when the protruding portion 763 is provided at a slightly center of the vertical direction of the space 770 or closer to the lower side than the slightly centered portion, when the storage item having a high height is stored in the space 770, the stored article may come to the protruding portion. Since it is not accommodated by the 763, it is provided in the vicinity of the top surface wall 740 (or the vicinity of the bottom wall 780 or the vicinity of the partition wall 24 which partitions between the storage compartments), and it is not easy to interfere. In the space 770, there is no hindrance, and the storage volume can be increased.)

In addition, the first air passage assembly 762, which is a cover portion covering at least a portion of the back surface of the storage compartment, may include at least a portion of the cold air passage 760 or an air passage covering at least a portion of the cold air passage 760. a cover portion; a back cover portion extending from the air passage cover portion in the width direction (the left-right direction or the side wall 790 direction) and covering at least a portion of the back wall 730 or the recess portion 440; and being connected to the back cover portion or the back cover portion A side cover that is formed integrally and covers at least a portion of the side wall 790. Moreover, the back cover portion may be fixed or held in the inner box 750 forming the back wall 730 or the recess 440 or the protrusion 450 for performing installation. Alternatively, the side cover portion is fixed or held in the inner box 750 forming the side wall 790 or the convex portion 450 for mounting. As a result, the first air passage module 762 as the covering portion can cover at least a portion of the back wall 730 or the side wall 790 or the convex portion 450, thereby improving design and assemblability.

In addition, as part of covering at least the back side of the storage compartment The first air path component 762 of the cover portion may include: at least a portion of the cold air path 760 or an air path cover portion covering at least a portion of the cold air path 760; and the width direction (left and right direction) from the air path cover portion Or a side surface covering portion extending from the side wall 790 and covering at least a portion of the back wall 730 or the recess 440; and being connected to the air passage covering portion or integrally formed with the air passage covering portion and covering the vertical direction of the rear wall 730 The upper and lower wall covering portions of at least a portion of the partition wall 24 (including the top wall 740 or the bottom wall 780). Moreover, the back cover portion may be fixed or held in the inner box 750 forming the back wall 730 or the recess 440 or the protrusion 450 for mounting. Alternatively, the upper and lower wall covering portions are fixed or held by the inner box 750 forming the partition wall 24 (including the top surface wall 740 or the bottom surface wall 780) provided in the vertical direction of the rear surface wall 730 for mounting. As a result, the first air passage module 762 as the covering portion can cover at least a portion of the back wall 730 or the partition wall 24 or the top wall 730 or the bottom wall 780, thereby improving design and assemblability.

In the cold air path 760 or the component forming the cold air path 760 (the first wind The road component or the second air passage component, etc., is provided on the side or front side of the cold air passage 760, and one or a plurality of cold air generated in the cooler 13 and flowing into the cold air passage 760 are supplied to the storage compartment. The cold air supply port 768 (for example, in the refrigerator compartment 2, the vegetable compartment 5, the freezer compartment 6, etc.) is arrange|positioned at the location which can store the storage goods and storage of the foodstuffs in a storage compartment efficiently. side The height position of the cold air supply port and the front air-conditioning supply port in the up-and-down direction may be the same position. However, if the height position is shifted, the cooling can be performed from a position different in height, so that the food can be efficiently stored. The storage or storage is cooled. Further, the height positions of the cold air supply ports 768 provided on the right and left side faces (the right side face and the left side face) may be the same height. However, if the height positions are shifted, the positions can be cooled from positions having different heights. It is possible to efficiently cool a storage or storage of food or the like.

In addition, the width dimension of the vacuum insulation material 400, the heat insulation box or The location of the refrigerator is the same as in Figure 4 or Figure 5. That is, the width of the vacuum heat insulating material 400 provided in the rear wall 730 of the refrigerator 1 in the left-right direction is, for example, smaller than the width between the storage chamber walls 791 and 792 of the side wall 790 of the refrigerator 1, so that it does not block A filling flow path of a heat insulating material such as polyurethane filled in the filling ports 703 and 704 of the polyurethane heat insulating material provided on the back side of the refrigerator 1 .

Here, the vacuum heat insulating material 400 is configured not to be disposed in the refrigerator 1 The filling ports 703 and 704 of the heat insulating material such as polyurethane of the right and left end portions of the back surface may also protrude outward. For example, the position of the opening of the filling ports 703 and 704 may not be blocked or may not be hindered. The heat insulating material such as polyurethane which flows into the heat insulating box (for example, the side wall 790) by the opening of the filling ports 703 and 704 is prevented from flowing into the side wall 790 or the back wall 730 or the like. For example, it may be disposed closer to the center side (inside) in the width direction than the filling ports (the left filling port 703 and the right filling port 704) on the left and right sides, or may not overlap the filling ports 703 and 704 in the vertical direction. Thereby, the polyurethane filled in the heat insulating box (the space 315 between the inner box 750 and the outer box 710, for example, in the side wall 790 or in the back wall 730, etc.) filled by the filling ports 703, 704 is not hindered or hindered. Filling the insulation material such as ester In the heat-insulating box body (the space 315 between the inner box 750 and the outer box 710), the insulation material is not insufficiently filled or the density is insufficient, and the heat-insulating box with high heat insulation performance and high performance can be obtained. Body or refrigerator.

Here, as the vacuum heat insulating material 400 and the inner box 750 pass through to adhere The concave portion 440 of the direct adhesive portion directly adhered to the adhesive agent for the main purpose (which may be a foamed heat insulating material having self-adhesiveness) has a reinforcing member with respect to a reinforcing member filled with, for example, a hard polyurethane or the like. The step portion 776 in which the structure intermediate portion (for example, the convex portion 450) protrudes from the height of the convex portion 450 is recessed in the depth direction (rear side) with respect to the convex portion 450. On the other hand, the convex portion 450 as the intermediate portion of the reinforcing structure protrudes toward the front side in the depth direction with respect to the concave portion 440 as the direct adhesive portion, and the amount of protrusion corresponds to the step portion 776. In addition, the concave portion 440 of the direct adhesion portion that is directly adhered to the vacuum heat insulating material 400 and the inner box 750 through the adhesive agent such as the self-adhesive foaming heat insulating material has a height (thickness) corresponding to the cold air passage 760. The step 440 is recessed in the depth direction (rear side) with respect to the front end portion 769 of the cold air passage 760. On the contrary, the front end portion 769 of the cold air passage 760 protrudes toward the front side in the depth direction with respect to the direct adhesion portion, and the amount of protrusion is a step portion.

In the present embodiment as described above, the inner box 750 and the outer box 710 are The machine formed with the heat insulating box of the vacuum heat insulating material 400 between the inner box 750 and the outer box 710 or the refrigerator or the cold storage or display cabinet includes: foaming heat insulation material with self-adhesiveness The adhesive such as the vacuum heat insulating material 400 disposed on the back wall 730 of the indoor (for example, the storage compartment) is directly attached to the direct adhesive portion of the inner box 750 (the recess 440 in the drawing); Polyurethane between the hot material 400 and the inner box 750 to enhance the strength of the box The reinforcing intermediate portion of the heat insulating material 751 (the convex portion 450 in the drawing). Here, the vacuum heat insulating material 400 and the outer case 710 are attached directly to the second adhesive such as hot melt or double-sided tape. The second adhesive such as hot-melt or double-sided tape can be applied or attached to the vacuum heat insulating material 400 side or the outer case 710 side in advance, so that the thickness of the adhesive can be made thin, but it is feared that coating will not occur. In the case where the unevenness is attached or not, it is preferable to use a foamed heat insulating material having self-adhesiveness between the vacuum heat insulating material 400 and the inner box 750.

Further, in the present embodiment, for example, a reinforcing intermediate portion (for example) The convex portion 450) and the direct adhesive portion (for example, the concave portion 440) are disposed in the width direction of the same height position in the storage chamber, and are provided by the reinforcing intermediate portions (for example, the convex portion 450) of the left and right end portions in the width direction of the storage chamber. And a direct adhesive portion (for example, a concave portion 440) that is sandwiched between the left and right reinforcing intermediate portions by the left and right reinforcing intermediate portions, and a convex portion 450 (reinforcing intermediate portion) is formed in the left and right direction of the back surface of the storage chamber, and the convex portion is formed at the convex portion A recess 440 (direct adhesion portion) is formed between 450. Here, in terms of securing the strength of the casing and ensuring the cold air path, it is preferable that the concave portion 440 and the convex portion 450 are disposed to extend over a substantially full height range of the vertical direction of the storage chamber.

As described above, the vacuum insulation material is placed at a position opposite to the concave portion 440. Since the 400 and the outer case 710 are in direct contact or abutment by the second adhesive, the heat insulating material is not required between the outer case 710 and the vacuum heat insulating material 400, and the storage can be increased compared with the case where the heat insulating material is interposed therebetween. Indoor volume. Further, in the direct adhesion portion (for example, the concave portion 440), the vacuum heat insulating material 400 and the inner box 750 are contacted or abutted by the adhesive foaming adhesive. In the present embodiment, the heat insulating material 400 is used to maintain the heat insulating material 400 at the portion where the vacuum heat insulating material 400 is disposed (for example, the concave portion 440). Since the inner box 750 and the vacuum heat insulating material 400 do not require heat-insulating materials mainly for heat insulation, the heat insulating material is mainly used for the purpose of heat insulation, and the wall can be made. Since the thickness is reduced, the volume in the storage compartment can be increased. Here, in the case where the adhesive needs to have fluidity, a rigid polyurethane having self-adhesive property or the like is used to first flow into the space 315 in a two-phase state and then foam it, thereby making it possible to It can also be glued.

In the present embodiment, the recess 440 can be used as the blowing cooling. Since the cold air passage 760 of the cold air in the storage compartment is used, the recessed portion 440 on the back surface of the storage compartment in which the user's hand does not easily protrude can be effectively utilized. Therefore, the storage volume in the storage compartment can be used efficiently. In addition, when a vacuum heat insulating material 400 having a predetermined strength (bending strength or bending strength) is used, the convex portion 450 is set to have a predetermined width in the storage chamber (the degree of torsional strength and bending strength can be ensured) When the middle portion is continuous in the vertical direction, the necessary strength of the heat insulating box 700 or the refrigerator 1 can be obtained, and the torsional strength or the bending strength in the front-rear direction or the left-right direction can be secured, so that the heat-insulating housing 700 with high reliability can be obtained. Refrigerator 1. In addition, if the necessary strength of the heat insulating box 700 or the refrigerator 1 can be obtained, and the torsional strength or the bending strength in the front-rear direction or the left-right direction can be secured, the convex portion 450 can be continuously disposed in the vertical direction, in one or a plurality of The position can be set intermittently.

In the present embodiment, the convex portion 450 formed of the heat insulating material 701 such as polyurethane which is disposed in the vertical direction in the left-right end side (the end portion in the width direction) of the back surface of the storage chamber is formed. By forming the convex portion 450, the torsional strength and bending strength of the heat insulating box 700 or the refrigerator 1 can be improved. Therefore, the heat insulating box 700 or the refrigerator 1 does not deform and the storage compartment door (for example, a rotary type (hinge type)) provided in front of the storage compartment (for example, the refrigerating compartment 2) is cold. The compartment door piece 7) is skewed, for example, when one of the left and right door pieces (7A, 7B) is skewed to cause a positional shift when the door piece is left and right, the opening and closing of the storage door piece can be smoothly performed. Since the positional displacement of the left and right storage compartment door pieces does not occur, the appearance is good. Further, in the case of the drawer type door piece, the inner wall (left and right side walls) provided in the storage compartment (for example, the ice making compartment 3, the switching compartment 4, the vegetable compartment 5, the freezing compartment 6, etc.) does not occur due to the deformation of the casing 700. The mounting heights of the rail members for the drawer boxes of 791 and 792 are different from each other or inclined, so that the box can be smoothly accessed.

Here, in the present embodiment, the vacuum heat insulating material 400 and the heat insulating material such as the polyurethane forming the convex portion 450 must have a predetermined strength. Therefore, the vacuum heat insulating material 400 has a bending elastic modulus of 20 MPa. The heat insulating material such as the above-mentioned material and the polyurethane forming the convex portion 450 has a bending elastic modulus of 13.0 MPa or more (preferably 15 MPa or more) and a density of 60 kg/m ³ or more (preferably 62 kg/m). ³ or more). In the past, heat insulating materials such as polyurethane have been used to satisfy both the strength of the casing and the heat insulating properties. Therefore, the bending elastic modulus of the polyurethane heat insulating material must be ensured from the viewpoint of ensuring the strength of the casing. The increase, but the characteristic of the rigid polyurethane is that the density increases when the bending elastic modulus is increased, and the heat insulating property decreases when the density is increased. Therefore, in the case of the polyurethane, it is difficult to obtain a bending elastic modulus of 10 MPa or more in order to obtain a predetermined heat insulating property, and therefore, the thickness of the polyurethane cannot be made thinner than about 15 mm. Here, the thinner the thickness of the polyurethane, the smaller the thickness of the wall, and the larger the volume in the storage chamber. However, in order to reduce the thickness of the polyurethane and reduce the thickness of the polyurethane, the density of the polyurethane is increased and the bending elastic modulus is increased, so that the strength of the casing can be enhanced, but when the density is increased, the partition is increased. The thermal performance is deteriorated, and therefore, it is difficult to make the thickness of the polyurethane lower than a predetermined value (for example, 15 mm).

In the present invention, a material having a bending modulus of 20 MPa or more is used. Since it is the vacuum heat insulating material 400, the part (box or wall) in which the vacuum heat insulating material 400 is provided can provide both the heat insulating performance and the strength of the vacuum heat insulating material 400, even in the outer case and the inner box. When a heat insulating material such as polyurethane is filled between the heat insulating materials such as polyurethane, it is not necessary to use polyurethane as a heat insulating material for heat insulation. It is used as an adhesive. Therefore, a heat insulating material such as polyurethane can be used as the adhesive for adhering the vacuum heat insulating material 400 and the inner case 750, or the vacuum heat insulating material 400 and the outer case 710, and therefore, even if the polyurethane is used There is no problem in that the thickness is reduced and the heat insulating property of the polyurethane is lowered. Here, the coverage of the vacuum heat insulating material 400 (the area ratio of the vacuum heat insulating material 400 with respect to the surface of the case 700 and the surface of the door piece) or the filling rate of the vacuum heat insulating material 400 (relative to the outer case 710) The volume ratio of the vacuum heat insulating material 400 in the space 315 between the inner tank 750 and the vacuum heat insulating material 400 is increased to a predetermined value or more, whereby the heat insulating box can be secured even in a portion where the vacuum heat insulating material 400 is not disposed. Thermal insulation properties and strength of 700.

Therefore, as in the present embodiment, the recess 440 or the like is in the outer case 710. In the portion where the vacuum heat insulating material 400 is disposed between the inner box 750 and the vacuum heat insulating material 400, both the strength and the heat insulating performance of the box 700 are obtained, and the vacuum heat insulating material 400 and the outer box 710 are Between the vacuum heat insulating material 400 and the inner box 750, a rigid polyurethane can be used as the adhesive for the main purpose of adhesion, so that the thickness of the polyurethane can be reduced even if the polyamino group is not considered. A reduction in the thermal insulation properties of the formate can also be achieved. Therefore, the insulation performance of the cabinet is separated by vacuum Since the hot material 400 is responsible, even if the thickness of the rigid polyurethane foam is thinned and the wall thickness is thinned, the heat insulating property of the rigid polyurethane is lowered, which does not cause a problem. Therefore, the wall thickness can be made thinner by reducing the thickness of the polyurethane, thereby increasing the volume in the storage chamber. However, in either of the outer case 710 and the vacuum heat insulating material 400, or between the inner case 750 and the vacuum heat insulating material 400, the second adhesive such as hot-melt or double-sided tape can be used to reduce the wall thickness. , and can increase the volume in the storage room.

Here, it is used as between the vacuum heat insulating material 400 and the outer case 710. Alternatively, the thickness of the rigid polyurethane foam of the adhesive used between the vacuum heat insulating material 400 and the inner box 750 may be lower than a predetermined value or smaller than the thickness of the vacuum heat insulating material 400, thereby reducing the wall thickness. Therefore, the volume in the storage compartment can be increased. Here, if either between the vacuum heat insulating material 400 and the outer case 710 or between the vacuum heat insulating material 400 and the inner case 750, a rigid polyurethane foam which is mainly used for adhesion is used. The thickness of the plastic is lower than the thickness of the vacuum heat insulating material 400, so that the effect of reducing the wall thickness can be obtained, but the thickness of the rigid polyurethane foam between the vacuum heat insulating material 400 and the outer casing 710 is added. If the thickness of the rigid polyurethane foam between the vacuum heat insulating material 400 and the inner box 750 is less than the thickness of the vacuum heat insulating material 400, the wall thickness can be further reduced, and the volume in the storage chamber can be increased.

In this embodiment, a rigid polyurethane is used as the The adhesive used between the vacuum heat insulating material 400 and the outer box 710 or between the vacuum heat insulating material 400 and the inner box 750 makes the thickness of the polyurethane as thin as possible, but not only in the vacuum heat insulating material. Between the 400 and the outer case 710, or between the vacuum heat insulating material 400 and the inner box 750, the vacuum heat insulating material 400 is not provided and only the polyurethane is filled. The same rigid polyurethane foam can also be used in the acid ester portion (inside the wall). The vacuum heat insulating material 400 is not provided and only the portion where the polyurethane is filled (for example, a part in the wall or in the convex portion) can increase the thickness of the rigid polyurethane because there is no vacuum heat insulating material 400. (The amount of increase is the thickness of the vacuum heat insulating material 400), and therefore, the heat insulating thickness of the polyurethane can be increased. Therefore, the thickness of the polyurethane in the portion where the vacuum heat insulating material 400 is not present can be increased to be larger than between the vacuum heat insulating material 400 and the outer case 710, or between the vacuum heat insulating material 400 and the inner case 750. The thickness of the polyurethane is also thick, so that the density of the polyurethane in the portion where the vacuum heat insulating material 400 is not disposed can be made lower than that of the portion where the vacuum heat insulating material 400 is disposed. Since the density of the ester is increased, the heat insulating property of the polyurethane in the portion where the vacuum heat insulating material 400 is not disposed can be increased, and the predetermined performance can be ensured. Further, since the thickness of the polyurethane in the portion where the vacuum heat insulating material 400 is not disposed can be increased, the strength of the case is also increased. Here, in the present embodiment, both the strength of the casing and the heat insulating performance can be satisfied. Therefore, the coverage of the vacuum heat insulating material 400 (the ratio of the area of the vacuum heat insulating material 400 to the surface area of the casing 700 and the door piece) Or the filling rate of the vacuum heat insulating material 400 (the volume ratio of the vacuum heat insulating material 400 with respect to the space 315 between the outer box 710 and the inner box 750) is increased to a predetermined value or more.

In the present embodiment, since the heat insulating performance and strength are maintained by the vacuum heat insulating material 400, it is possible to reduce the thickness of the polyurethane heat insulating material and to bend the elastic modulus of the polyurethane heat insulating material. 13.0 MPa or more (15 MPa or more is preferable). Further, on the density of the polyurethane thermal insulation material, can be used 60kg / m ³ or more (preferably 62kg / m ³ or more) of the material, it is possible to reduce the thickness of the polyurethane, it is possible to reduce the interval The wall thickness of the hot box 700.

(in the cold air path of the convex part)

In the above, the recess 440 (the storage compartment side space of the inner box 750) is used as an example of the cold air passage 760. However, the cold air passage 760 may be provided in the convex portion 450 (between the inner box 750 and the outer box 710). In addition to the convex portion 450, the cold air passage 760 may be additionally provided. Fig. 7 is a cross-sectional view showing another refrigerator according to the first embodiment of the present invention, which is a cross-sectional view when the refrigerator is cut in a plane perpendicular to the vertical direction of the refrigerator 1. In the seventh embodiment, the same portions as those in the first to sixth embodiments are denoted by the same reference numerals and their description will be omitted.

In Fig. 7, the side surface 452 and the back wall 730 of the convex portion 450 are shaped A recessed portion 440 is provided with a plate-shaped vacuum heat insulating material 400 between the inner box 750 forming the inner surface (storage chamber side) of the rear wall 730 and the outer box 710 forming the outer surface of the rear wall 730. Here, although not shown, a plate-shaped vacuum heat insulating material 400 may be provided between the inner box 750 forming the inner surface (storage chamber side) of the side wall 790 and the outer box 710 forming the outer surface of the side wall 790. . The cold air passage 760 provided in the convex portion 450 is provided with a first air passage unit 762 as a design covering member and a rear side of the first air passage unit 762 (on the outer box 710 side) and has heat insulation. The second air passage unit 764 is configured and disposed in the convex portion 450. The first air passage module 762 or the second air passage module 764 as a cover member has a mounting portion (engagement portion), and is fitted into a mounting portion (engagement portion) provided on the rear wall 730 or the side wall 790 or by screws or the like. The fixed members engage the mounting portions with each other to mount the cover member 760 to the back wall 730 or the side walls 790.

Here, the cold air passage 760 is formed in the convex portion 450, and one or two or a plurality of convex portions 450 are provided on the side in the width direction of the back surface of the storage chamber. The cold air passage 760 is a second air passage assembly 764 (or the first section) having a U-shaped cross section or a slightly rectangular cross section. The air passage unit 764 and the vacuum heat insulating material 400 are configured, and the convex portion 450 is composed of a second air passage unit 764 and an inner box 750 provided on the side of the storage chamber that covers the second air passage unit 764. That is, the cold air passage 760 exists between the vacuum heat insulating material 400 and the inner box 750. In the cold air passage 760, one or a plurality of cold air supply ports 768 for supplying cold air to the storage chamber are provided.

Here, the cross-sectional shape of the second air passage module 764 has an opening portion. In the case of the U-shape, the opening is directed toward the vacuum heat insulating material 400 side, and the U-shaped opening is closed by the vacuum heat insulating material 400 to constitute the cold air passage 760. However, the U-shaped opening may not be disposed toward the side wall 790 side or the storage chamber side, and the U-shaped opening may be blocked by a heat insulating material such as foamed styrene. The part is configured to form a cold air path 760. Further, the outer shape of the cross section of the second air passage unit 764 may be a rectangular shape or a circular shape (circular tubular shape) or an elliptical shape, and may have any shape as long as the cold air passage 760 is formed inside, but if In the case of a circular or elliptical shape, the flow path impedance is small and preferable. If the elliptical shape is elongated in the width direction than the circular shape, the protruding height in the storage compartment can be reduced, and the effective volume can be increased to make it more convenient to use. The outer shape of the cross section of the second air passage unit 764 is a rectangular shape, a circular shape (a circular tube shape), or an elliptical shape, and when there is no opening portion other than the cold air supply port 768, only the second air passage unit 764 may be formed. Cold air path 760.

Here, if the second air passage unit 764 that forms the cold air passage 760 is used By using a member having a cross-sectional shape having a predetermined torsional strength or bending strength (for example, a U-shaped or a cross-sectional outer shape having a rectangular shape or a circular shape (a circular tube shape) or an elliptical shape), the cold air passage 760 is disposed by The strength of the convex portion 450 can be increased in the convex portion 450, and the strength of the casing can be improved. However, in the second air passage assembly 764 In the case of a U-shaped cross-section member, the U-shaped opening portion may open or narrow with respect to the torsion or bending of the casing, and when there is a possibility that the strength is insufficient, other members (for example, a plate member or a rod may be used). The opening member or the rib member or the like is connected to the opening of the opening of the second air passage unit 764 or the opening portion is closed so that the opening portion is not opened or narrowed, and the strength can be ensured.

As described above, in the present embodiment, the projections 450 are not filled in the projections 450. The hot material 701 is provided with a cold air path 760 as a reinforcing member. Therefore, in the present embodiment, the heat insulating box or the refrigerator including the inner case 750 and the outer case 710, and the vacuum heat insulating material 400 between the inner case 750 and the outer case 710 includes: The vacuum heat insulating material 400 is directly attached to the direct adhesion portion of the inner box 750 (for example, the concave portion 440) by an adhesive or the like on the back surface of the storage chamber; and there is an increase in the space between the vacuum heat insulating material 400 and the inner box 750. The reinforcing portion of the strength portion of the cold air passage 760 (for example, the convex portion 450). The reinforcing intermediate portion (the convex portion 450) is provided at a corner portion of the back wall 730 and the side wall 790. Here, the vacuum heat insulating material 400 and the outer case 710 are attached by a second adhesive such as hot melt or double-sided tape.

Here, as the adhesive for the first intermediate member between the inner box 750 and the vacuum heat insulating material 400, a rigid polyurethane having self-adhesive properties can be used. When a rigid polyurethane is used as the adhesive, the thickness of the adhesive in the case where polyurethane is used as the adhesive can be reduced without using the function of the heat insulating material. In this case, the thickness of the polyurethane is preferably smaller than the vacuum heat insulating material 400, and preferably 11 mm or less. The thinner the thickness of the adhesive, the thinner the wall thickness and the larger the volume in the storage chamber. Therefore, it is preferably less than 10 mm, more preferably 6 mm or less. When the thickness is less than 1 mm, the surface of the vacuum heat insulating material 400 is not adhered to the surface of the vacuum heat insulating material 400, and the quality of the inner casing 750 from the vacuum heat insulating material 400 may be lowered. Therefore, polyurethane is used as the adhesive. In the case of a dose, it is preferably 3 mm or more. Further, in the case of using a rigid polyurethane as an adhesive based on the viewpoint of strength assurance, the density is preferably 60 kg/m ³ or more. Here, in order to increase the strength of the casing, it is preferable to use a material having a bending modulus of 13.0 MPa or more as the vacuum heat insulating material 400, and the bending elastic modulus of the heat insulating material 701 filled in the convex portion 450 is 13.0 MPa. The above density is preferably 60 kg/m ³ or more.

(Using the recess as a cold air path (4))

Next, the configuration of another refrigerator according to the first embodiment of the present invention will be described with reference to Figs. Fig. 8 is a cross-sectional view showing another refrigerator according to the first embodiment of the present invention, which is a cross-sectional view when the refrigerator is cut in a plane perpendicular to the vertical direction of the refrigerator 1 (the same applies to Figs. 4 to 7). Fig. 9 is a front elevational view showing the refrigerator 1 when the front door panel of the refrigerator according to the first embodiment of the present invention is removed, and Fig. 10 is a side sectional view showing the refrigerator 1 according to the first embodiment of the present invention. In the eighth to tenth drawings, the same components as those in the first to seventh embodiments are denoted by the same reference numerals, and their description will be omitted.

In Fig. 8, the convex portion 450 is slightly triangular, and the side surface of the convex portion 450 corresponds to the oblique side 456. The convex portion 450 has a rear wall side end portion 798 at one end thereof connected to the back surface wall 730, and the other end side wall side end portion 797 and the side wall 790 are connected. The concave portion 440 is formed by the oblique side 456 corresponding to the side surface of the convex portion 450 and the rear surface wall 730, between the inner box 750 forming the inner surface (storage chamber side) of the rear surface wall 730 and the outer casing 710 forming the outer surface of the rear surface wall 730. A plate-shaped vacuum heat insulating material 400 is provided. Here, although not shown, a plate-shaped vacuum heat insulating material 400 may be provided between the inner box 750 forming the inner surface (storage chamber side) of the side wall 790 and the outer box 710 forming the outer surface of the side wall 790. . The cold air path 760 provided on the back wall 730 or the recess 440 is used as The first air passage module 762 having the design covering member and the second air passage unit 764 provided on the back side of the first air passage unit 762 (on the inner box 750 side) and having heat insulating properties are provided in the recessed portion Within 440. The first air passage module 762 or the second air passage module 764 as a cover member has a mounting portion (engagement portion), and is fitted in a mounting portion (engagement portion) provided on the convex portion 450 or the rear wall 730 or by a screw The fixing member or the like is attached to the convex portion 450 or the rear wall 730 by engaging the mounting portions with each other.

A concave portion 440 is formed on the back surface of the storage chamber, and a portion (for example, a slightly central portion in the width direction) of the concave portion 440 in the width direction is utilized as the cold air passage 760. The cold air duct 760 may be a cold air duct 50 that supplies cold air to the refrigerating compartment 2, and is used as a water mist that supplies cold air to the electrostatic water mist device 200 (water mist device) and generates the electrostatic water mist device 200. The cold air is supplied to the cold air path of the refrigerating compartment. Further, the cold air passage 760 is composed of a second air passage unit 764 provided at a substantially center of the recessed portion 440 and a first air passage unit 762 provided as a cover portion covering the second air passage unit 764, and the first air passage unit 762 is provided. The cross-sectional shape is a U-shape having an opening portion, and is composed of a front surface portion 761 and a side surface portion 767.

The first air passage unit (for example, the air passage covering portion) 762 has a side surface portion that is disposed such that at least a portion thereof comes into contact with a fixing protrusion that is provided as a protruding portion that protrudes from the inner box 750 toward the storage chamber side in the recess portion 440. 910, the side portion or the front portion is fixed or held by the fixing protrusion 910. In the present embodiment, at least a portion of the inner side surface of the side surface portion of the first air passage unit 762 is in contact with the outer surface of the fixing protrusion 910, and is fixed or held by a screw, a hook structure, or an embedded structure. 1 air path assembly 762, thereby forming a cold air path 760. Here, the shape of the first air passage module 762 is a U-shaped cross section, but it may be a slightly semicircular or curved shape (arched) or a slightly V-shaped shape. In addition, the first wind road The assembly 762 can be held or fixed to the protrusion 910 or the inner box (wall) 750 or the shelf 80 or the partition wall forming the storage compartment (for example, the back wall 730, the side wall 790, the top wall 740, the bottom wall 780, and the storage compartment) The partition wall 24 or the like may be used, and it may have any shape as long as the cold air passage 760 can be formed.

Cold air duct 760, through the refrigerating compartment wind as a means of air volume adjustment The door 55 is connected to the cooler chamber 131. The cold air generated by the cooler 13 disposed in the cooler chamber 131 is cooled by the cooler 13 (the inner fan) 14 provided in the cooler chamber 131, and is passed through the air passage 16 as an air volume adjusting means. The refrigerating compartment damper 55 is blown to the cold air duct 760 which is the refrigerating compartment cold air duct 50. The cold air blown to the cold air passage 760 is supplied to the storage chamber (for example, the refrigerating chamber 2) by the cold air supply port 768 provided in the first air passage unit 762 or the second air passage unit 764 or the fixing protrusion 910. .

In the present embodiment, in the front portion of the first air passage module 762, Alternatively, one or a plurality of (at least one) cold air supply ports (cold air outlets) 768 are provided in the storage compartment. When the second air passage module 764 is provided, one or a plurality of (at least one) of the front surface portion or the side surface portion or the back surface portion of the second air passage module 764 is provided. In the drawing, the cold air supply port 768 is provided so as to penetrate the front portion of the second air passage unit 764 at the front portion of the first air passage unit 762, and the cold air supply port 768 is provided to communicate with the side portion of the first air passage unit 762. The through-side portion of the second air passage module 764 is supplied with cold air from the side in addition to the cold air supply from the front portion, so that the cold air can be efficiently blown. Here, the cold air supply port of the first air passage module 762 and the cold air supply port of the second air passage module 764 are not necessarily provided at the same position (communication position), and may be provided at different positions (disengaged positions). For example, the first air path component 762 The cold air supply port is provided in the front, and the cold air supply port of the second air passage unit 764 is provided at a position (front portion, side surface portion) different from the height in the vertical direction of the position of the cold air supply port of the first air passage unit 762 or The same height position but different in the left and right direction (side portion).

The front side end surface 769 and the recessed portion 440 (the rear side wall of the storage compartment) of the front portion 761 of the first air passage unit 762 differ in height from the storage chamber side (the front direction of the refrigerator 1), and have a step difference in the height difference portion. (step difference portion 775). If the cold air supply port (opening or notch, etc.) 768 is not provided in the step portion 775 (for example, as the side surface portion 767 or the protruding portion 910 of the first air passage unit 762 that forms the outer contour of the cold air passage 760), The front end side surface 769 of the first air passage unit 762 is narrowed (thickness (height) protruding toward the inside of the storage compartment (storage chamber side)) by the opening or the notch of the cold air supply port 768, and the storage of the step portion 775 can be reduced. The amount of protrusion on the inside. Therefore, the length in the depth direction of the storage compartment can be increased, and the amount of increase can be reduced by the amount of the step portion 775, and the storage volume in the storage compartment can be increased.

Here, the protrusion portion 910 is provided at least at two positions in the width direction (the right protrusion portion and the left protrusion portion when viewed from the front opening of the refrigerator 1), and the space between the left and right protrusion portions 910 forms the second recess portion 441, and The second recess 441 has a groove shape in the vertical direction. The protrusion 910 is formed by projecting the inner case on the back surface of the storage compartment in which the recess 440 is formed, toward the storage chamber side, and is provided continuously or intermittently in the vertical direction (for example, at least two of the protrusions 910 are slightly parallel in the vertical direction). The position is set to form a groove shape (second recess 441)). Here, the protrusion 910 may be formed as an object different from the inner box 750.

Further, the inner surface side of the side surface portion 767 of the first air passage module 762 is The outer surface of the protruding portion 910 forming the second concave portion 441 (the outer surface of the groove-shaped protruding portion 910) is held or fixed by the concave-convex fitting or the hooking structure or the screw. That is, a concave-convex fitting structure that is held or fixed by the concave-convex fitting, or a fixing component (or a holding means) that is held or fixed by a hook portion having a protruding hook portion in a concave portion or a convex portion The first air passage unit 762 and the protrusion portion 910 are provided, whereby the first air passage unit 762 is held or fixed to the protrusion portion 910 that forms the second recess portion 441. (For example, a hook portion is provided in the first air passage unit 762, and a concave portion or a convex portion is provided at a position facing the hook portion on the protrusion portion 910, whereby the first air passage unit 762 is lightly pressed to form the first portion. The simple configuration of the projection portion 910 of the recessed portion 441 allows the first air passage module 762 to be held or fixed to the projection portion 910.

In the present embodiment, for example, a space surrounded by the following portion (a space provided in the upper and lower portions in the width direction of the refrigerator 1) is formed in the width direction (left-right direction) of the back surface of the refrigerator 1. At least two protrusions 910 in the upper and lower directions of the center portion, a second recess (groove shape) 441 formed on the storage chamber side of the back wall 730, and a first air passage module 762 (for example, a U-shaped U-shaped member or arch) Shaped curved members, etc.). The space enclosed by the second recessed portion 441 and the first air passage module 762 may be used as the cold air passage 760. However, as shown in the drawing, the second air passage unit 764 may be housed in the second recessed portion 441 and the first The second air passage module 764 is used as the cold air passage 760 in the space surrounded by the air passage module 762. Here, the protruding portion 910 or the side surface portion 767 of the first air passage unit 762 does not have to be continuous in the vertical direction, and may be formed as an air passage, and the cold air in the air passage can be supplied to the storage chamber (for example, the refrigerating chamber). The cold air supply port 768 of 2, etc. can be used.

a plurality of protrusions are intermittently arranged in the vertical direction of the refrigerator 1 910, it is possible to use a non-protrusion portion (for example, a notch portion in which the protrusion in the vertical direction is interrupted by a notch or the like) between the plurality of protrusions intermittently provided in the vertical direction, as the cold air supply port 768 to the storage chamber. . In this case, the first air passage unit 762 may block the non-protrusion portion (the notched portion in which the protrusion portion in the vertical direction is interrupted) between the plurality of protrusions provided in the vertical direction to form an air passage, but may be used. The second air passage assembly 764 forms an air passage. Further, the protruding portion 910 may be used only as a fixing portion or a holding portion for fixing or holding the first air passage module 762. The space surrounded by the second concave portion 441 and the first air passage module 762 which are formed in the left and right two protrusions 910 of the refrigerator 1 in the vertical direction (the space provided in the vertical direction of the refrigerator 1) is directly used as the cold air. In the case of the road 760, in order to prevent dew condensation or to suppress an increase in the temperature of the cold air in the cold air passage 760, it is preferable that the first air passage module 762 or the projection portion 910 is made of a material having heat insulating properties such as a heat insulating material. In this case, the protruding portion 910 is formed so as to protrude the inner box 750 and fill the inside of the polyurethane heat insulating material.

The second recessed portion 441 formed in the two vertical portions 910 of the refrigerator 1 and the space surrounded by the first air passage module 762 (the space provided in the vertical direction of the refrigerator 1) can be directly used as the cold air. The road 760 may be provided with a second air passage module 764 having a cold air passage 760 in this space. When the second air passage unit 764 is provided, the second air passage unit 764 can be formed of a heat insulating material such as foamed styrene. Therefore, the first air passage unit 762 or the protruding portion 910 is thermally insulated without using a heat insulating material or the like. The structural member of the performance may be simplified, and the configuration of the first air passage module 762 or the protruding portion 910 can be simplified. In addition, since the second air passage module 764 can be formed by a heat insulating material such as foamed styrene or resin which can be easily processed, the cross-sectional shape (outer shape of the cross section) of the second air passage module 764 can be processed or formed into a circle. Various shapes such as a shape or an elliptical shape or a polygonal shape (for example, a triangle or a quadrangle or a hexagon). In addition, in the cross-sectional shape of the air passage, it is also possible to easily form a shape having a small air passage impedance such as a flow path loss or a pressure loss of the air passage (for example, a circular shape or an elliptical shape elongated in the width direction), and it is possible to obtain good efficiency. Insulated cabinet, refrigerator, machine.

The second air passage module 764 is disposed in a space surrounded by the following portions (a space provided in the vertical direction of the refrigerator 1): the first air passage module 762 and two or more (two or more) installed in the width direction. In the state of the protrusion 910, the second protrusion 910 (the two protrusions 910 are continuously or intermittently provided in the longitudinal direction) and the second recess formed by the inner box 750 are provided in the width direction of the refrigerator 1. 441. The second air passage module 764 has an air passage structure having a cold air passage 760 therein, and the outer cross-sectional shape of the air passage of the second air passage assembly 764 is circular or elliptical or polygonal (for example, a triangle or a quadrangle or a sixth) A shape such as an angle or the like forms a cold air passage 760 therein. The second air passage component may have any shape as long as it is a shape in which the cold air passage 760 can be formed inside. Here, the cross-sectional shape of the module having the air passage such as the first air passage unit 962 or the second air passage unit 764 is a cross-sectional shape that is slightly perpendicular to the flow direction of air or cold air.

The outer shape of the cross section of the cold air passage 760 formed in the second air passage unit 764 is a circular or elliptical or polygonal shape (for example, a triangular shape, a quadrangular shape, a hexagonal shape, or the like), and may be a second air passage component. The cross-sectional shape of the 764 is the same or similar, but may be different from the cross-sectional shape of the second air passage module 764. In other words, when the outer shape of the cross section of the second air passage unit 764 is a substantially square shape, the outer shape of the cross section of the cold air passage 760 may be slightly circular or slightly elliptical or slightly triangular, even if the outer shape of the cross section is different. There will be problems. but, Since the flow path impedance when the air (cold air) flows is small, the efficiency is better. Therefore, the air path section of the second air passage unit 764 is preferably circular or elliptical rather than triangular. Further, in the elliptical shape in which the width direction is longer than the circular shape, the height at the time of installation (the protruding height in the storage chamber) can be reduced, so that the depth of the storage chamber can be increased and the use can be easily performed. Therefore, the second air passage unit 764 can be configured to form a cold air passage. Therefore, the cross-sectional shape of the second air passage unit 764 may be an angular or elliptical shape with respect to the flow direction of the cold air, and the cold air passage 760 may be formed therein. The cross-sectional shape of the inner cold air passage 760 may be angular or elliptical. When the cold air passage 760 is circular or elliptical, the flow path impedance is small and the efficiency is good, and if the width is longer than the circular shape, the length in the depth direction can be reduced, and the storage in the storage compartment can be reduced. The amount of protrusion can also increase the storage volume. (When the cross-sectional shape of the second air passage unit 764 or the cross-sectional shape of the cold air passage 760 is elliptical, it is preferable that the width direction (long-axis direction) is longer than the depth direction (short-axis direction). Here, the second air passage module 764 is relatively easy to process and is relatively easy to assemble if it is divided into two or divided into three and divided into a plurality of reassembled states. When the cross-sectional shape of the second air passage unit 764 or the cross-sectional shape of the cold air passage 760 is an elliptical shape, when the second air passage unit 764 is divided, when the long-axis cross section is divided into two, the workability is improved. And assembly is therefore preferred.

As a cooler of the heat exchanger disposed in the cooler chamber 131 The cold air (air) generated in the third portion flows into the cold air passage 760 formed in the second air passage unit 764 through the switching chamber cold air passage 16 and the refrigerating chamber damper 55, and is supplied to the storage chamber through the cold air supply port 768. . Here, the space surrounded by the second concave portion 441 and the first air passage module 762 is used as the cold air passage 760. In this reality In the embodiment, the space in which the cold air passage 760 is used is provided in the upper and lower directions in the width direction of the back surface of the refrigerator 1, and when the refrigerator is viewed from the front (front), the width direction (left and right direction) of the refrigerator 1 is slightly There is one in the center, but it may not be one, and two or more may be provided in the width direction (left-right direction) of the refrigerator 1. Further, the end portion may be provided at the end portion in the width direction, not at the center portion.

It is also possible to set 2 or a plurality of uses as the air-conditioning duct 760. The space is formed and does not share the cold air generated by the cooler 13 as the heat exchanger in the cooler chamber 131 to the storage compartment (for example, the refrigerating compartment 2 or the vegetable compartment 5 or the switching compartment 4 or the cooling compartment 2X, 2Y, etc. The cold air passage and the water mist generated by the electrostatic water mist device 200 are supplied to the water passage for the water mist in the storage chamber (for example, the refrigerator compartment 2 or the vegetable compartment 5 or the switching compartment 4 or the cooling chambers 2X, 2Y, etc.). When the air passages are independent as described above, it is possible to independently control the supply of cold air (the control of the opening, closing, or the cooling air amount of the cold air supply) and the water mist supply by the air volume adjusting means (the opening or closing of the water mist supply, or Control of the amount of water mist). Of course, there is no problem even if the cold air path and the water mist are shared by the air path.

When the second air passage module 764 is provided, it is configured to fix it It is sufficient to hold or hold the first air passage module 762. Alternatively, the second air passage unit 764 may be fixed or held by the protrusion 910 or the inner box 750 or the shelf 80 or the partition wall 42 or the wall surface (the back wall 730, the top surface wall 740, the bottom wall 780, etc.) or the like. The first air passage unit 764 is fixed to or held by the first air passage unit 762, and the first air passage unit 762 and the second air passage unit 764 are integrally formed as an air passage assembly, whereby the heat can be easily attached to the air passage assembly. The case 700 or the refrigerator 1 can be easily removed. Here, as long as the second air passage assembly 764 can constitute an assembly forming a shape of an independent air passage Since the second air passage module 764 can constitute the air passage assembly, the air passage assembly can be detachably attached to the storage chamber (for example, the protrusion portion 910, the recess portion 440, or the second recess portion 441 or the first Wind path assembly 762 or inner box 750 or shelf 80, etc.). In addition, since the cold air passage 760 can be formed not by the inner box 750 (the inner box forming the recess 440 or the portion of the second recess 441) opposed to the vacuum heat insulating material 400, it is possible to obtain a heat insulating box having a simple structure and low cost. , refrigerator, machine.

In addition, if the first air passage module 762 or the air passage assembly (the second wind) When the road assembly 764 or the assembly of the first air passage unit 762 and the second air passage unit 764 is installed in the storage chamber (for example, the protrusion portion 910 or the first air passage unit 762 or the shelf 80), it is not necessary to The air passage module 762 or the air passage assembly is directly attached to the inner box 750 (the recessed portion 440 or the second recessed portion 441) opposed to the vacuum heat insulating material 400. Therefore, it is possible to suppress deformation of the inner box 750 when the cold air passage 760 is installed or In the case where cracks or cracks occur, the inner casing can be prevented from being damaged by the outer casing of the vacuum heat insulating material 400, and the heat insulating box and the refrigerator which have high reliability and low heat insulating performance or deterioration can be obtained. Or machine.

Here, if the cold air passage 760 is provided to be formed, the first air passage is to be formed. When the module 762 covers the recessed portion 440 or the second recessed portion 441, the cold air passage 760 can be formed without providing the second air passage unit 764. Therefore, it is possible to obtain heat insulation with a small number of components, low cost, easy assembly, and high reliability. Cabinet or refrigerator. In this case, the first air passage module 762 is fixed or held by the convex portion 450 or the shelf 80 or the partition wall 24, the wall surface (for example, the back wall 730, the side wall 790, the top surface wall 740, or the bottom wall 780). can.

The convex portion 450 is disposed to view the refrigerator 1 from the front side (front side) At least one or more (one or more positions) are provided in the corner portion (the left and right end portions in the width direction and the end portion in the width direction) of the back surface of the storage compartment. In order to increase the box strength (case rigidity) such as the torsional strength of the box or the bending strength or the compressive strength, it is formed by filling a rigid polyurethane foam or the like between the inner box 750 and the outer box 710. Insulation material 701. In the concave portion 440 and the second concave portion 441, the strength of the vacuum heat insulating material 400 is set to be equal to or higher than a predetermined value (for example, the bending elastic modulus is 20 MPa or more), so that the vacuum heat insulating material 400 is provided. An adhesive (for example, a foamed heat insulating material having adhesiveness) which is a first intermediate member for adhesion is filled between the inner case 750 and the inner case 750, and is used as an adhesive for the first intermediate member. The vacuum insulation material 400 and the inner box 750 are adhered or fixed or fixed. Here, a rigid polyurethane foam can be used as the adhesive for the first intermediate member. In this case, the use of the polyurethane as an adhesive is not used as the main insulation. Since the purpose is a heat insulating material, the thickness of the polyurethane can be made thin. In other words, when polyurethane is used as the first intermediate member between the vacuum heat insulating material 400 and the inner box 750, even if the heat insulating performance is poor, it is possible to reduce the thickness of the heat insulating material 400 as long as it has a When it is adhered, it is possible to obtain a predetermined thickness such as an adhesive strength or a fixed strength which does not cause unnecessary deformation or skewness of the heat insulating box. When a rigid polyurethane foam as the first intermediate member is used as an adhesive, the predetermined thickness is preferably about 11 mm or less, more preferably 6 mm or less, and it is preferable as long as it is an adhesive. The adhesion (adhesive property) is such that the thinner the better, the better is 1 mm or more, and the thickness is preferably 3 mm or more.

In the fourth to eighth figures, the cross section of the refrigerator 1 is shown, and the convex portions 450 are provided at both end portions in the width direction of the refrigerator 1 to form the storage compartment side (front of the refrigerator 1). Face side) protruding protrusion. In the fourth to seventh embodiments, the cross-sectional shape of the convex portion 450 (the cross-sectional shape of the protruding portion of the side wall 790 and the rear wall portion in the cross section of the refrigerator 1) is angular (rectangular), but in Fig. 8, The cross-sectional shape of the convex portion 450 (the cross-sectional shape of the side wall 790 and the rear wall 730 protruding toward the storage chamber side in the cross section of the refrigerator 1) is slightly triangular, and one end of the triangular oblique side 456 and the inner side of the side wall 790 are predetermined. The portion (side wall end portion) 797 is connected, and the other end of the oblique side 456 is connected to a predetermined portion (rear wall side end portion) 798 of the inner surface of the back wall 730. That is, one end of the slightly triangular bevel 456 is connected to a predetermined portion (side wall end portion) 797 of the inner surface of the side wall 790, and the other end is connected to a predetermined portion (rear wall side end portion) 798 of the inner surface of the back wall 730. Therefore, the oblique side 456 of the convex portion 450 starting from the back wall side end portion 798 and the side wall side end portion 797 protrudes toward the inside of the reservoir. That is, in the cross-sectional shape of the convex portion 450, a portion corresponding to the slightly triangular oblique side 456 is formed to extend from the side wall side end portion 797 of the side wall 790 to the back surface of the rear surface wall 730 in the inner box 750 in the storage chamber. The wall-side end portion 798 has a substantially linear shape, a curved shape, an arch shape, or the like.

Therefore, the cross-sectional shape of the convex portion 450 is a slightly triangular shape. Next, the length of the slightly triangular bevel 456 is set so that a predetermined strength is obtained. In the case where the cross-sectional shape of the convex portion 450 is an angular shape, when it is a slightly triangular shape, since the convex portion 450 has no corner portion, the volume which can be protruded into the storage compartment becomes small, and the volume in the storage compartment can be increased. . In addition, since the convex portion 450 has no corner portion, the design is improved.

Further, in the present embodiment, the plurality of protrusions 910 are provided as The storage compartment side (the front side of the refrigerator 1) protrudes and is continuously or intermittently arranged in the vertical direction to form a groove shape (second recessed portion) 441, so that the cabinet can be improved. strength. Here, when the convex portion has a substantially triangular shape, the concave portion 440 provided between the left and right side walls 790 and the two convex portions 450 of the corner portion of the back surface wall 730 becomes the individual oblique side of the left and right convex portions 450. The range between the rear wall side end portions 798 of the back wall to which the 456 is attached (the portion indicated by W in Fig. 8).

In the fourth to eighth figures, the truth is set in the back wall 730 of the refrigerator 1. The width of the hollow heat insulating material 400 in the left-right direction is approximately the same as the width of the inner wall of the storage compartment (for example, the refrigerator compartment 2 or the vegetable compartment 5 or the freezing compartment 6, etc.) (and the distance between the left and right side walls 790 forming the storage compartment ( The foamed heat insulating material such as polyurethane filled with the filling ports 703 and 704 of polyurethane or the like can be smoothly filled into the side wall 790. In addition, the filling ports 703 and 704 of the space 315 in which the foamed heat insulating material such as polyurethane is filled in between the inner box 750 and the outer box 710 and the vacuum heat insulating material 400 do not overlap (the vacuum heat insulating material 400 does not When the filling ports 703 and 704 are blocked and the foamed heat insulating material such as polyurethane is injected, the vacuum heat insulating material 400 blocks the filling ports 703 and 704 without hindering the foaming heat insulating material from flowing into the side wall 790 or the top wall 740. Or within the bottom wall 780 or within the dividing wall 24.

In addition, in the fourth to eighth figures, the convex portion 450 has a function for maintaining or lifting The function of the reinforcing member having a high strength of the case is also a storage portion such as the storage tube 720 or the refrigerant pipe 725. In addition, the protruding portion 910 in which the second concave portion 441 is formed in the eighth embodiment may be used as a storage portion such as the storage tube 720 or the refrigerant pipe 725, or may be filled with a foam heat insulating material or the like and used as a reinforcing member. One of the convex portion 450 or the protruding portion 910 may be a storage portion such as the storage tube 720 or the refrigerant pipe 725, and both the convex portion 450 and the protruding portion 910 may be used as the storage tube 720 or the refrigerant pipe 725 or the like. unit. When the convex portion 450 or the protruding portion 910 is used as the storage portion such as the storage tube 720 or the refrigerant pipe 725, In addition, it is not necessary to separately provide a storage portion such as the storage tube 720 or the refrigerant pipe 725, and it is possible to obtain a heat insulating box, a refrigerator, and a machine having a simple structure, low cost, and high strength.

The convex portion 450 is disposed at a corner portion in the width direction of the back surface of the storage compartment (one side Corner or side corners). The convex portion 450 is connected to a specific portion 797 of the side wall 790 forming the storage chamber with respect to the width direction of the storage chamber, and the other end in the width direction is coupled to the rear wall of the vacuum heat insulating material 400 at a position overlapping the width direction of the vacuum heat insulating material 400. The specific portion 798 of 730 is filled with a foamed heat insulating material such as rigid polyurethane. As described above, the convex portion 450 is extended to a position partially overlapping the width direction of the vacuum heat insulating material 400 (the position of the overlapping length X), whereby the vacuum heat insulating material 400 is provided by the convex portion 450 The polyurethane is integrally formed with the polyurethane in the side wall 790, and the side wall 790 and the back wall 730 are formed as a strong body together with the vacuum heat insulating material 400 and the rigid polyurethane to enhance the case 700. Strength of. In this case, if the rigid polyurethane foam filled in the side wall 790 is filled between the vacuum heat insulating material 400 and the inner box 750 and foamed, it can be easily matched. Here, the convex portion 450 is provided at the corner portion, and the inner box 750 is shaped to have an angular shape or a rectangular or slightly triangular shape or a circular arc shape or an arch shape protruding in the storage chamber, in the inner box 750 forming the convex portion 450 and A rigid polyurethane foam or the like is filled or provided between the outer cases 710, whereby the convex portion 450 is formed as a reinforcing member. Here, the heat insulating performance of the case 700 in which the vacuum heat insulating material 400 is disposed and not provided, the adhesive strength of the inner case 750 and the vacuum heat insulating material 400 and the outer case 710, and the strength (rigidity) of the case 700 are considered. In order to determine the filler such as polyurethane filled in the space between the outer casing 710 and the inner casing 750, in the present embodiment, a hard poly is used. A urethane foam is used as a filler.

The back wall 730 side of the convex portion 450 as the strength portion (reinforcing portion) One end is disposed to overlap the vacuum heat insulating material 400 by a specific length X, and therefore, the vacuum heat insulating material 400 and the inner box 750 are strongly adhered by the rigid polyurethane foam filled in the convex portion 450. The vacuum heat insulating material 400 is also strongly bonded to the side wall 790 by polyurethane. Further, since the convex portion 450 that protrudes into the storage chamber is formed at the corner portion in the width direction of the back surface of the storage chamber, even if the thickness of the rigid polyurethane foam in which the concave portion 440 of the vacuum heat insulating material 400 is disposed is thin, It is also possible to suppress the deterioration of the heat insulating performance, and also to increase the strength of the casing by the convex portion 450 and the vacuum heat insulating material 400. Further, in the case where the wall surface of the vacuum heat insulating material 400 is not disposed (for example, the side wall 790 or the partition wall 24, etc.), the arrangement area or the discharge volume of the vacuum heat insulating material 400 can be increased (increasing the coverage of the vacuum heat insulating material). The filling rate) can ensure the heat insulating performance of the heat insulating box including the wall surface on which the vacuum heat insulating material 400 is not disposed. Further, since the convex portion 450 is extended to a position overlapping the width direction of the vacuum heat insulating material 400, the vacuum heat insulating material 400, the side wall 790, and the concave portions (440, 441) of the back wall can be formed (or formed). As one, increase the strength of the box.

In addition, a storage control wiring or electric power can be disposed in the convex portion 450. The tube 720 of the wire or the like or the refrigerant pipe 725, in this case, the strength of the casing is increased by the convex portion 450, and the pipe 720 or the refrigerant pipe 725 can also be applied as a reinforcing member for improving the strength of the casing. Therefore, since other reinforcing members for increasing the strength of the casing are not required, it is possible to reduce the cost and to increase the strength of the casing of the heat insulating box by reinforcing the heat insulating box 700. In addition, since the reinforcing member is disposed in the convex portion 450, the design is also improved. Therefore, it can be obtained A heat-insulating cabinet and refrigerator that are low in cost, high in reliability, and excellent in design.

Here, the width direction in which the convex portion 450 and the vacuum heat insulating material 400 overlap The longer the specific length X is, the larger the length (or the fixing area) at which the rigid polyurethane and the vacuum heat insulating material 400 in the convex portion 450 can be fixed (or held), and the strength of the case can be improved. However, if it is too long, the amount of protrusion of the convex portion 450 into the storage chamber (the volume protruding into the storage chamber) becomes large, and the capacity in the storage chamber is reduced, so that 200 mm is preferable and 180 mm or less is preferable. When the specific length X of the width direction in which the convex portion 450 and the vacuum heat insulating material 400 overlap is too short, the fixing force of the rigid polyurethane in the vacuum heat insulating material 400 and the convex portion 450 becomes small and decreases. When the thickness of the case and the filler of the vacuum heat insulating material 400 are shorter than 30 mm, the heat leakage through the surface of the vacuum heat insulating material 400 becomes large. In other words, when the overlap length X of the vacuum heat insulating material 400 is shorter than 30 mm, the filler of the rigid polyurethane or the like is from the surface of the inner box 750 side (storage chamber side) of the vacuum heat insulating material 400 to the outer case. The heat leak caused by the heat bridge on the surface of the 710 side (back side) becomes large, and the heat insulating performance is lowered. Therefore, it is preferably 30 mm or more, and more preferably 40 mm or more. Therefore, the overlapping length X of the vacuum heat insulating material 400 and the convex portion 450 is preferably 30 mm or more, preferably 30 mm or more, and the upper limit is 200 mm or less (more preferably 180 mm or less), and the heat insulating box 700 is preferably The distance between the side walls 790 (the distance between the storage chamber walls 791 and 792) is preferably 1/3 or less. (When the outer width of the refrigerator 1 is 600 mm, if the thickness of the side wall 790 is 30 mm, the distance between the inner surface walls of the side wall 790 is 540 mm, so the overlap length X is preferably 1/3 or less, that is, 180 mm or less. )

In the present embodiment, the vacuum heat insulating material 400 is disposed on the back. An example of the surface wall will be described. However, the side wall 790 may be disposed, or the vacuum heat insulating material 400 may be disposed on both the back wall and the side wall 790. In this case, for the same reason as the back wall side, the side wall side is also a length in which the vacuum heat insulating material 400 and the convex portion 450 overlap, and the lower limit is preferably 30 mm or more (more preferably 40 mm or more), and the upper limit is 200 mm. The following is good (more than 180mm). (It is desirable that the length of the vacuum heat insulating material 400 and the convex portion 450 overlap with each other with respect to the width of the vacuum heat insulating material 400 at a first predetermined value (for example, 30 mm, preferably 40 mm), and a second predetermined value (for example, When the first predetermined value is less than 30 mm, the length X of the filler of the rigid polyurethane or the like is increased with respect to the overlapping portion of the vacuum heat insulating material 400, and the length X of the vacuum heat insulating material 400 is less than or equal to 30 mm. The heat leakage caused by the heat bridge of the surface of the inner tank side (storage chamber side) of the vacuum heat insulating material 400 to the outer tank side (back side) becomes large, so that the heat insulating performance is lowered, and if the convex portion and the vacuum are When the overlapping length of the heat insulating material 400 is too short, the strength of the casing is lowered. Therefore, the first predetermined value is preferably 30 mm or more (more preferably 40 mm or more), and the second predetermined value exceeds the vacuum heat insulating material 400. When the width is 1/3, the width of the concave portion 440 or the second concave portion 441 is small, and the cold air passage 760 cannot be secured to a predetermined size. Therefore, the second predetermined value is preferably 1/3 or less.)

Here, the vacuum heat insulating material 400 may be disposed on the top surface wall 740 or the bottom surface wall 780 or the partition wall 24 that partitions between the storage chambers, and the convex portion 450 may be provided at the corner portion. The overlapping length of the convex portion formed at the corner portion of the back wall 730 and the top surface wall 740 and the vacuum heat insulating material 400, or the convex portion formed at the corner portions of the back surface wall 730 and the bottom surface wall 780, and the vacuum heat insulating material are the same as described above. The overlapping length of 400, or the overlapping length of the convex portion formed at the corners of the back wall 730 and the partition wall 24 and the vacuum heat insulating material 400, or the convex portion formed at the corners of the side wall 790 and the top surface wall 740, and vacuum heat insulation The overlap length of the material 400 is preferably 30 mm or more, more preferably 40 mm or more, and the upper limit is 200 mm or less (more preferably 180 mm or less).

As described above, one end of the convex portion 450 as the strength portion and vacuum insulation Since the length X of the overlapping portion of the material 400 in the width direction is set within a predetermined range, the concave portion 440 formed between the left and right convex portions 450 can be increased or formed in the convex portion without impairing the strength of the casing and the heat insulating performance. A space 770 between the portion 450 and the second recess (the space 770 between the protrusion 910 and the protrusion 450). Therefore, under the premise of securing the predetermined box strength and the predetermined heat insulating performance, the internal volume of the storage can be increased, and the space 770 serving as the storage space for the food or the like can be increased. Therefore, the storage volume in the storage compartment can be increased. A refrigerator or machine that is easy for the user to use.

In this embodiment, a switch door in front of the storage compartment (for example A vacuum heat insulating material 400 is also disposed in the refrigerator door panel 7), and the vacuum heat insulating material 400 is directly attached to the inner panel of the door panel and the outer panel of the door panel by an adhesive. In this case, a rigid polyurethane can be used as the adhesive. In this case, since the polyurethane is not used as a heat insulating material, it does not matter if the heat insulating property is poor, as long as it has a predetermined thickness of a predetermined adhesive strength when it is adhered. The predetermined thickness of the adhesive is preferably 11 mm or less, more preferably 6 mm or less, and the adhesiveness (adhesive property) as an adhesive is preferably as thin as possible, preferably 1 mm or more, and 3 mm or less. The above is especially good. Here, the strength (torsion strength, bending strength, and the like) of the refrigerating compartment door piece 7 is ensured by the strength (rigidity) of the vacuum heat insulating material 400, and it is not necessary to secure the door piece by the foam heat insulating material as in the past. Strength, therefore, in the case where polyurethane is used as the adhesive, as long as the predetermined thickness as the adhesive is ensured as described above, This can make the thickness of the door sheet thin. Therefore, the internal volume of the library can become larger.

Here, as in the case of Figures 4 to 7, as covering at least The first air passage assembly 762 of the cover of the interior of the storage compartment or the cover of the second recess 441 may include at least a portion of the cold air passage 760 or a wind passage covering at least a portion of the cold air passage 760. a rear cover portion extending from the wind path covering portion in the width direction (left-right direction or side wall 790 direction) and covering at least a portion of the back wall 730 or the recess 440; and connecting to the back cover portion or the back cover portion A side cover that is integral and covers at least a portion of the side wall 790. Moreover, the back cover portion may be fixed or held in the inner box 750 forming the back wall 730 or the recess 440 or the protrusion 450 for mounting. Alternatively, the side cover portion is fixed or held in the inner box 750 forming the side wall 790 or the convex portion 450 for mounting. As a result, the first air passage module 762 as the covering portion can cover at least a portion of the back wall 730 or the side wall 790 or the convex portion 450, thereby improving design and assemblability.

In addition, as part of covering at least the back side of the storage compartment The first air path component 762 of the cover portion may include: at least a portion of the cold air path 760 or an air path cover portion covering at least a portion of the cold air path 760; and the width direction (left and right direction) from the air path cover portion Or a side surface covering portion extending from the side wall 790 and covering at least a portion of the back wall 730 or the recess 440; and being connected to the air passage covering portion or integrally formed with the air passage covering portion and covering the vertical direction of the rear wall 730 At least a portion of the partition wall 24 (including the top wall 740 or the bottom wall 780) extends from the upper end portion or the lower end portion of the back wall 730 to the front and rear wall covering portions. Moreover, the back cover portion may be fixed or held in the inner box 750 forming the back wall 730 or the recess 440 or the protrusion 450 for security Installed. Alternatively, the upper and lower wall covering portions are fixed or held by the inner box 750 forming the partition wall 24 (including the top surface wall 740 or the bottom surface wall 780) provided in the vertical direction of the rear surface wall 730 for mounting. As a result, the first air passage module 762 as the covering portion can cover at least a portion of the back wall 730 or the partition wall 24 or the top wall 730 or the bottom wall 780, thereby improving design and assemblability.

In Fig. 9 and Fig. 10, the refrigerator 1 has a function as the uppermost section thereof. The refrigerating compartment 2 of the storage compartment of the left and right split type (or open and close type). An ice making chamber 3 and a switching chamber 4 as storage chambers are arranged side by side in the lower left and right sides of the refrigerator compartment 2. The lowermost stage of the refrigerator 1 is provided with a vegetable compartment 5 as a storage compartment, and on the top of the vegetable compartment 5, a freezing compartment 6 as a storage compartment is provided. The freezing compartment 6 is provided below the ice making compartment 3 and the switching compartment 4 arranged side by side, and above the vegetable compartment 5, that is, between the vegetable compartment 5 and the ice making compartment 3 and the switching compartment 4 arranged side by side. An intermediate freezing type storage compartment arrangement of the freezing compartment 6 is provided.

In the refrigerator compartment 2 as a storage room, it is useful to store storage (food) In the storage storage space 21 of the object or the beverage, a plurality of resin or glass shelves 80 on which the storage is placed are provided in the storage storage space 21. Below the storage storage space 21 (below the lower shelf inner shelf), containers 2X and 2Y having a slightly sealed structure are used, which are used as cooling temperatures controlled at about +3 ° C to -3 ° C. The cooling chamber 2Y of the belt is controlled to the vegetable compartment 2X of the vegetable compartment temperature zone maintained at +3 ° C to + 5 ° C. The container 2X, 2Y of the slightly sealed structure can also be used as an egg chamber for storing eggs. Further, the containers 2X and 2Y of the slightly sealed structure have, for example, a drawer structure, and the container can be pulled out to take out and put the storage.

If it is opened on the top of the container having the upper opening of the upper opening A detachable lid is provided on the mouth to form a container having a slightly closed structure as a structure of the containers 2X and 2Y having a slightly closed structure. The lid may be provided on the side of the container, or may be provided on the shelf 80 or the partition wall provided on the upper portion of the container, or the shelf or the partition wall on the upper portion of the container may also serve as a cover.

In the present embodiment, the freezing compartment 6 is disposed in the vegetable compartment 5 and The intermediate freezing type between the ice making chamber 3 and the switching chamber 4 arranged side by side, because the low temperature greenhouse (for example, the ice making chamber 3, the switching chamber 4, and the freezing chamber 6) is close, so that the heat insulating material between the low greenhouses is not required. In addition, since there are few heat leaks, it is possible to provide an energy-saving and low-cost refrigerator.

In addition, as in the first figure, the positive part of the refrigerating compartment 2 as a storage room The front side opening portion is provided with a left and right split type refrigerating chamber door piece 7 which can be opened and closed freely, and the refrigerating chamber door piece 7 is composed of two refrigerating chamber door pieces left 7A and a refrigerating room door piece right 7B to form left and right split doors. sheet. Of course, it is not a left-right split door, but a one-piece rotary door. The ice making compartment 3, the switching compartment 4, the vegetable compartment 5, and the freezing compartment 6 of the other storage compartments are respectively provided with a drawer type ice making compartment door piece 8 capable of opening and closing the opening of the ice making compartment 3, respectively. The drawer type switching chamber door piece 9 that opens and closes the opening of the switching chamber 4, the drawer type vegetable compartment door piece 10 that can open and close the opening of the vegetable compartment 5, and the opening portion of the freezing compartment 6 can be opened A drawer type freezer compartment door 11 that is freely opened and closed.

In addition, in the left and right refrigerating compartment door of the refrigerating compartment 2 as a storage compartment An operation switch (a compartment selection switch 60a, a temperature zone changeover switch 60b, an instantaneous freezing switch 60c, an ice making switch 60d, etc.) for setting a temperature setting in a storage compartment, etc., is provided in any of the left side 7A and the right side 7B of the refrigerator compartment door. Water spray switch 60e, other function switches (such as eco mode switch or suggestion for energy saving advice) Off, connection network or set network setting/connection switch, etc.) or operation panel 60 that displays temperature information such as temperature in the library or set temperature, operation information of the operation switch, display information of the liquid crystal display unit, or storage room The temperature information or the like is a control device 30 composed of a control substrate such as a microcomputer mounted in the control substrate chamber 31 provided on the upper portion of the rear surface of the refrigerator (the rear wall of the refrigerator compartment) or the top surface of the refrigerator (for example, the upper wall and the top wall of the refrigerator compartment). Controlled.

Further, the control device 30 has a receiving and receiving means such as an antenna, and receives The transmission means is provided in the control device (control substrate) 30 or the control substrate chamber 31 or in the upper portion of the refrigerator 1 (near the control device 30 or in the control substrate chamber 31) or the back surface of the refrigerator 1 (near or control of the control device 30) Preferably, the inside of the substrate chamber 31 or the side surface of the refrigerator 1 (near the control device 30 or the inside of the control substrate chamber 31). Therefore, the control device 30 can be connected by infrared connection or wireless connection or wired connection (wire connection or LAN connection (LAN) or USB (Universal Serial Bus) connection, and configuration) External machine transmission and receiver information outside the refrigerator 1. Here, the external device of the refrigerator 1 is an external server or a mobile terminal (a mobile phone or a mobile information terminal or a portable computer, etc.) or an external external device (air-conditioning or television or other refrigerator or water heater or lighting or washing machine, etc.) )Wait. In addition, the machine information is the machine information of the refrigerator 1 (for example, the temperature or power consumption in the library or the operation history or the operation time of the cold machine or the operation information of the compressor (on, off, number of revolutions, current information, etc.)) or the refrigerator 1 Information other than information (such as weather forecast or disaster information (including earthquake information)) or the operation of other machines connected to the Internet or the amount of power consumed by the machine.

Here, the refrigerator 1 includes a time measuring means for measuring the operation time to And the memory time measured by the memory measurement or the memory means between the accumulated operations, and the information of the predetermined standard use period (standard use time) and the accumulated operation time is transmitted as machine information to an external server (for example, a cloud server or the like). It is possible to receive a purchase when the actual cumulative operation period (accumulated operation time) is proportional to the standard use period (ratio) or the actual cumulative operation period (accumulated operation time) exceeds the predetermined predetermined ratio with respect to the standard use period. The old message is replaced and displayed on the operation panel 60 or the mobile terminal, or played out by sound. In addition, in the external device, the ratio (ratio) of the actual integrated operation period (accumulated operation time) to the standard use period or the actual cumulative operation period (cumulative operation time) can be exceeded with the predetermined period for the standard use period. When the ratio is received, a new and old message is received and displayed on the operation panel 60 or the mobile terminal, or the like.

In addition, because of the means of receiving and receiving, it is able to transmit and receive external Environmental information (weather forecast or disaster information or earthquake information or temperature information, etc.) or external machine information (external other machine operating conditions or power consumption information, etc.) or power, so it can receive information from the server or external machine to Perform energy-saving controls or display information about other machines. Further, by operating the operation panel 60 of the opening and closing flap provided on the front surface of the refrigerator 1, or an external mobile terminal, the information of the refrigerator 1 can be transmitted to an external server or other machine, or received from an external server or other machine. The information is displayed on the operation panel 60 or the mobile terminal or the like, or the machine such as a refrigerator is operated.

In addition, in the case of a machine such as a refrigerator or a display case, it will be stored. When the storage room is cooled to a predetermined temperature (for example, -18 ° C in the case of a freezer compartment) and then the operation of the compressor 12 or the cooling air circulation fan 14 is stopped, the temperature in the storage compartment is followed. Rise with time. Therefore, if the time measuring means and the temperature measuring means are provided, the information to be described later is stored in the memory means of the control device 30 as the initial temperature information before the user starts the use, such as when the user starts to use the product, and the storage room is cooled to the predetermined state. The temperature rise degree of the storage room temperature after the temperature of the compressor 12 or the cooling air circulation fan 14 is stopped, or the elapsed time under the specific conditions such as the state in which the switching chamber dampers 15 and 55 are closed, or the measurement start time The storage room temperature information, such as the difference between the storage room temperature (scheduled temperature) and the storage room temperature after a predetermined time (for example, 10 minutes), is transmitted from the memory means of the control device 30 to an external server or the like to be stored as The machine information can determine the deterioration of the heat insulation performance or the abnormality, and prompt the user to buy a new and old message to be displayed on the mobile terminal or the display device in the operation panel 60.

That is, before the user starts to use it, it will be shipped before the factory is shipped. The temperature rise of the storage room temperature with respect to the elapsed time under the specific conditions such as the state in which the operation of the compressor 12 or the cooling air circulation fan 14 is stopped after the cooling of the storage chamber to a predetermined temperature or the state of the switching chamber dampers 15 and 55 is closed. The storage room temperature information such as the degree (the initial temperature rise degree) or the storage room temperature (the predetermined temperature) at the start of the measurement and the difference in the storage room temperature (the initial temperature difference) after a predetermined time (for example, 10 minutes) is stored in the control device. The memory means of 30 is used as the initial temperature information of each storage room, and after the user starts using it, it is transmitted as machine information to an external device such as a server and memorized. Then, the temperature rise degree or the difference in the storage room temperature is periodically measured under the same conditions as the initial period, and this is transmitted as machine information to an external device such as an external server, and is combined with an external device such as a server. Compared with initial temperature information When it is within the allowable range, a signal indicating "no abnormality" is transmitted to the main body of the refrigerator or the like. If it is compared with the initial temperature information and it is known that it is out of the allowable range, a signal indicating "abnormality" is transmitted to the machine body or the mobile terminal of the refrigerator or the like, so that the machine body or the mobile terminal that receives the signal is displayed. An abnormal message such as deterioration in thermal insulation performance, or a message that prompts him to buy a new one.

In addition, the opening and closing door piece disposed in front of the refrigerator 1 can be operated The upper operation panel 60 or an external mobile terminal or the control device 30 of the refrigerator 1 automatically supplies power to an external device or switches to an external power source (for example, a solar power generation device or a rechargeable battery or a fuel cell, etc.) The power supply of the electric power supply machine or the electric power supply from the external machine is received to receive the electric power supply. In particular, when the power supply to the refrigerator 1 is stopped during a power failure or the like, the power supply source can be switched from the electric wire to the external power source by operating the mobile terminal or the computer, thereby enabling the electric power to the refrigerator 1. In the case of the refrigerator 1 (or a device that can be connected to the Internet), it is possible to provide a mobile phone or an action by providing a connection terminal such as a mobile device or a mobile terminal or the like. The mobile device such as a terminal or a computer can be charged, and other mobile devices such as a mobile phone or a mobile terminal or a computer or other external information can be displayed or operated.

The compressor 12 is disposed at the lowermost portion (or the back of the refrigerator 1) Upper part of the machine room 1A. The refrigerator 1 is provided with a refrigeration cycle, and the compressor 12 is configured as one of the components of the refrigeration cycle and disposed in the machine room 1A, and functions to compress the refrigerant in the refrigeration cycle. The refrigerant compressed by the compressor 12 is condensed in a condenser (not shown). The refrigerant in a condensed state is decompressed in a pressure reducing device such as a capillary tube (not shown) or an expansion valve (not shown). The cooler 13 is a refrigerator One unit of the refrigeration cycle is disposed in the cooler chamber 131 formed in the refrigerating compartment 2, the ice making compartment 3, the switching compartment 4, the vegetable compartment 5, or the back wall of the freezing compartment 6. The refrigerant decompressed in the decompression device is evaporated in the cooler 13, and the gas around the cooler 13 is cooled by the endothermic action at the time of evaporation. The cooling air circulation fan (in-chamber fan) 14 is disposed beside the cooler 13 in the cooler chamber 131, and cools the cold air cooled around the cooler 13 through the cold air passage (for example, the cold air passage 16 or the cold air of the refrigerating chamber) The roads 50, 760, and the like are blown to the respective chambers (the refrigerator compartment 2, the ice making compartment 3, the switching compartment 4, the vegetable compartment 5, and the freezing compartment 6) which are the plurality of storage compartments of the refrigerator 1.

In addition, as in the first figure, the cold is provided in the cooler chamber 131. A defrosting heater 150 as a defrosting means for performing defrosting of the cooler 13 is provided below the eliminator 13 between the cooler 13 and the defrosting heater 150 on the upper portion of the defrosting heater 150. The heater top plate 151 is disposed such that the defrosted water dropped by the cooler 13 does not directly drop to the defrosting heater 150.

Here, the defrosting heater 150 may be combined with the cooler 13 as An integrated combination heater. Alternatively, a glass tube type heater and a combination type heater may be used in combination. The defrosted water generated in the cooler 13 or the defrosted water falling on the heater top plate 151 is dropped in the cooler chamber 131 and discharged to the outside of the refrigerator by the defrosting water discharge port 155 provided below the cooler chamber 131 ( For example, it is provided in an evaporation tray of the machine room 1A, etc.).

The switching chamber damper 15 as the air volume adjusting means is adjusted by the air conditioner The circulation fan 14 blows the amount of cold air of the cold air which is the switching chamber 4 of the storage compartment, and is a means for controlling the temperature in the switching chamber 4 to a predetermined temperature or to switch the set temperature of the switching chamber 4. The cold air cooled in the cooler 13 passes through the cold air path 16 and is blown into the switching chamber 4. In addition, the cold air duct 16 is disposed in the switching room Downstream of the damper 15.

In addition, the refrigerating compartment damper 55 as an air volume adjusting means is adjusted The amount of cold air that is blown to the refrigerating compartment 2 as the storage compartment by the cooling air circulation fan 14 is a means for controlling the temperature in the refrigerating compartment 2 to a predetermined temperature to change the set temperature of the refrigerating compartment 2. The cold air cooled by the cooler 13 passes through the cold air path 16 and the cold air path 50, 760, and is blown into the refrigerator compartment 2.

For example, the switching chamber 4 as a storage compartment is a compartment (storage room) for selecting a temperature in a storage compartment from a plurality of stages between a freezing temperature zone (-17 ° C or less) and a vegetable compartment temperature zone (3 to 10 ° C). By operating the operation panel 60 provided in either of the refrigerator compartment door left 7A and the refrigerator compartment door right 7B of the refrigerator 1, or an external mobile terminal, it is possible to select or switch the temperature in the storage compartment.

Further, on the inner wall surface of the switching chamber 4, for example, a switching chamber temperature measuring resistor 19 (which is the same as FIG. 3) as a first temperature detecting means for detecting the air temperature of the switching chamber 4 is provided. In the top surface (the center portion, the front portion, or the rear portion, etc.) of the switching chamber 4, for example, a second temperature check for directly detecting the surface temperature of the storage placed in the switching chamber 4 as the storage chamber is provided. A thermopile 22 (similar to Figure 3, or an infrared sensor). The switching chamber damper 15 is turned on/off according to the detection temperature of the switching chamber temperature measuring resistor 19 as the first temperature detecting means (or the detected temperature of the thermopile 22), whereby it is controlled by the control device 30 to perform The adjustment is such that the temperature of the switching chamber 4 becomes the selected temperature band or enters the set temperature range. Further, the temperature of the food as the storage of the switching chamber 4 is directly detected by the thermopile 22 as the second temperature detecting means.

(Water mist supply 200)

a partition wall 51 (a rear wall 730, a first air passage unit 762 as an air passage covering portion) on the back side (back side) of the storage compartment (for example, the refrigerating compartment 2), or a storage compartment (for example, a refrigerating compartment 2) The partition wall behind the back wall of the container in the lower portion of the storage storage space 21 (for example, the slightly closed container 2X or 2Y) or the back partition wall or the upper partition wall 24 in the storage room (for example, the vegetable compartment 5). An electrostatic water mist device 200 as a water mist device that supplies water mist to the storage chamber is provided.

The electrostatic water mist device 200 has at least a discharge electrode and supplies water to The discharge electrode or the discharge electrode generates water, and a voltage is applied to the discharge electrode, whereby a water mist is generated at the discharge electrode. The water supply to the discharge electrode may be such that the condensed water is generated in the discharge electrode thermally connected to the heat radiation portion by cooling the heat radiation portion. Alternatively, when the heat radiation portion and the discharge electrode are not thermally connected, the condensed water generated by cooling the heat radiation portion may be supplied to the discharge electrode. (The discharge electrode may have a structure that also serves as a heat absorbing portion. In this case, the heat radiation portion and the discharge electrode are thermally connected, and the heat radiation portion is cooled to cause condensed water to be generated at the discharge electrode). Further, the electrostatic water mist device 200 includes at least a discharge electrode and a water supply means for supplying water to the discharge electrode, and water is supplied to the discharge electrode by a water supply means, and a voltage is applied to the discharge electrode, thereby generating a water mist. can. Here, a water storage tank capable of storing water, a heat exchanger (for example, a cooler 13), or the like can be used as the water supply means. When the water supply means is the cooler 13, the defrosted water generated by the cooler 13 is stored by the container 152 disposed in the cooler chamber 131, and the water in the container can be supplied to the discharge electrode by capillary action or the like. . Here, if there is a counter electrode, the generation of water mist is relatively stable, but even if there is no The electrode may also be a gas discharge.

Here, the discharge electrode is disposed in the storage compartment (for example, the refrigerating compartment 2) In the case where a cold air passage is provided in the partition wall provided with the water mist device, if it is provided as a heat release portion and a cold air passage (for example, cold air) provided on the partition wall (back surface or upper or lower surface or side surface) of the storage chamber The air passage wall of the road 16, 50, 760) is in direct contact with or indirectly through the heat conductive member, or is disposed to penetrate the air passage wall and protrude into the cold air passage, so that the heat release portion can be made by the cold air in the cold air passage. Cooling, and a discharge electrode thermally coupled to the heat generating portion generates condensed water, and a voltage is applied to the discharge electrode to generate a water mist.

It is also possible to use a storage compartment relative to the water mist device (above The partition wall of the lower or side surface is provided with cold air in another adjacent storage compartment (for example, the freezing compartment 6) on the opposite side of the storage compartment (for example, the vegetable compartment 5) to cool the heat radiating portion. In this case, the heat radiation portion may be disposed to contact the bottom wall or the upper wall of the other storage chamber (for example, the freezing chamber) from the storage chamber side. (The mist device 200 may be disposed in any one of the compartments as long as it is a storage compartment, and may be disposed in a storage compartment or a container of the refrigerator compartment 2 or the vegetable compartment 5 or the cooling compartments 2X, 2Y, etc. The water mist device 200 In the case of the rear wall, a partition wall constituting a part of the rear wall provided between the storage compartment and the cooling compartment may be provided (between two adjacent storage compartments having a temperature difference (for example, A water mist device is disposed on the storage chamber side of the high temperature side of the partition plate between the freezer compartments of the storage compartments of the storage compartments on the high temperature side, and the opposite side of the discharge electrodes. The end portion) is disposed in contact with the partition plate of the other storage chamber to utilize the low-temperature cold air of the storage chamber on the low temperature side (using the temperature difference between the storage chamber on the high temperature side and the storage chamber on the low temperature side) to cool the heat radiating portion.

As shown in FIG. 10, the vacuum heat insulating material 400 is disposed on the back of the refrigerator 1. Face, top, bottom. Further, although not shown, the vacuum heat insulating material 400 is also provided on the side surface, the partition wall 24, and the door piece. The vacuum heat insulating material 400 provided on the back surface is directly attached to the inner case 710 by a foamed heat insulating material which is an adhesive for the main purpose, as shown in Fig. 8, at least in the range of the concave portion 440. The outer case 750 can be made of an adhesive rigid polyurethane foam as an adhesive. If a rigid polyurethane foam is used, the foam density can be appropriately adjusted, even in a narrow flow path. (for example, between the vacuum heat insulating material 400 and the inner box 750, etc.), it can also be filled without being missing and uniformly. In addition, a rigid polyurethane foam is suitable as an adhesive to be adhered in a narrow flow path, and a rigid polyurethane foam is used as an adhesive.

In the use of rigid polyurethane foam mainly as a sticky In the case of a coating agent, it is not necessary to consider the low heat insulating performance due to the thinning of the thickness of the rigid polyurethane foam, and therefore, the thickness of the rigid polyurethane foam can be made constant. Below the thickness, the thickness of the wall surface (for example, the back wall) can be made thinner, and the volume in the storage chamber can be increased. When a rigid polyurethane foam is used as the adhesive, the predetermined thickness of the adhesive is preferably 15 mm or less, more preferably 11 mm or less, more preferably 6 mm or less, and as long as it can satisfy the adhesive. The adhesion (adhesive property) is such that the thinner the better, the above thickness (for example, preferably 1 mm or more, more preferably 3 mm or more). If it is thinner than 1 mm, the thickness of the adhesive cannot absorb the roughness of the surface of the vacuum heat insulating material 400 (the unevenness of the outer covering material), and the convex portion of the surface of the vacuum heat insulating material 400 directly contacts the inner box 750 and cannot adhere. The part, it is possible to reduce the adhesion strength, therefore, use a rigid polyurethane foam In the case of an adhesive, if it is too thin, the adhesive strength may be lowered. Therefore, it is preferably at least a predetermined thickness.

Of course, the use of rigid polyurethane as an adhesive Under the circumstance, it is not impossible to obtain thermal insulation performance, although it is inferior to the vacuum insulation material 400, but it can also obtain thermal insulation properties as a heat insulating material. In other words, when the vacuum heat insulating material 400 is adhered to the outer case 710 or the inner case 750, if the rigid polyurethane is used as the adhesive, the heat insulating effect of the vacuum heat insulating material 400 can be obtained, and the heat insulating effect can be obtained. Insulation effect caused by polyurethane. Further, a portion where the vacuum heat insulating material 400 is not provided between the inner box 750 and the outer box 710 can increase the thickness of the rigid polyurethane foam without providing the weight of the vacuum heat insulating material 400, thereby improving the thickness. Thermal insulation properties. In addition, a rigid polyurethane can be used as the adhesive between the inner box 750 and the outer box 710. Therefore, the strength of the casing of the heat insulating box 700 is improved and the heat insulating performance is improved.

Cold generated by the cooler 13 disposed in the cooler chamber 131 The air is supplied from the cold air circulation fan 14 through the cold air passage 16, the refrigerating compartment damper 55 as the air volume adjusting means, and the refrigerating compartment cold air duct 760 formed as the second air passage unit, and is provided in the first air passage unit 762. The cold air supply port 768 is supplied into the refrigerator compartment 2 (including the slightly closed containers 2X, 2Y). The cold air cooled by the refrigerating compartment 2 as the storage compartment is returned to the cooler compartment 131 through the refrigerating compartment return air passage 410. However, a part of the cold air sent back to the air duct 410 by the refrigerating compartment may be supplied to the vegetable compartment. 5. In this case, the cold air cooled in the vegetable compartment 5 is sent back to the cooler chamber 131 through the vegetable compartment and returned to the wind 430. The cold air supply to the vegetable compartment 5 can be cooled by returning cold air which has cooled the other storage compartments, such as the refrigerator compartment 2 or the switching chamber 4, and the temperature has risen. However, the cooler 13 of the cooler chamber 131 can also be used. The generated cold air is directly cooled.

The cold air sent to the ice making chamber 3 or the switching chamber 4 is circulated by the cold air. By the operation of the fan 14, the cooler 13 disposed in the cooler chamber 131 passes through the cold air passage 16, the refrigerating chamber damper 15 as the air volume adjusting device, and the cold air duct 17 for the switching chamber, and is sent back to the wind through the ice making chamber. The road (not shown) or the switching chamber return air path (not shown) returns to the cooler chamber 131. The cold air sent to the freezer compartment 6 is supplied through the cold air duct 16 and the freezer air duct 18 through the cooler 13 disposed in the cooler chamber 131, and is returned to the cooler chamber 131 through the freezer return air passage 420.

The water mist supply to the storage compartment can be, and the cooling air circulation fan The water mist device 200 is energized or stopped simultaneously with the opening or closing of the 14 or the time being staggered or interlocked. Further, when the water mist is supplied to the plurality of storage rooms, the damper device (for example, the switching chamber damper 15 or the refrigerating chamber damper 55 or the vegetable compartment damper or the freezer damper) is used to perform the first storage compartment (for example, the vegetable compartment 5 or The switching of the water mist supply of the refrigerating compartment 2) and the second storage compartment (for example, the refrigerating compartment 2 or the freezing compartment 6, the vegetable compartment 5 or the switching compartment 4, etc.). For example, in the case where at least a part of the water mist device 200 is housed in the recess of the partition wall of the upper portion of the first storage chamber (for example, the vegetable compartment 5), the water mist supply device that communicates with the recessed portion is provided in the partition wall. In the air passage, when the vegetable compartment damper is opened, the water mist in the recess passes through the air passage for supplying water mist in the partition wall, passes through the first cold air passage (for example, the vegetable chamber returns to the air passage, etc.), and the cooler chamber The second cold air passage is supplied to the second storage compartment (for example, the refrigerating compartment), and when the vegetable compartment damper is closed, the cold air is not supplied to the vegetable compartment, so that the water mist in the recess is supplied to the first storage compartment by gravity. (for example, in a vegetable room). At this time, the second cold air passage can be used as the cold air passage 760 provided on the back surface of the refrigerator compartment 2. Further, the supply of the water mist to the first storage chamber and the supply of the water mist to the second storage chamber can be switched by opening and closing of the damper. Alternatively, instead of the damper device, the switching of the air-conditioning cycle fan 14 may be performed.

In addition, it may be mixed with cold air in the concave portion and will contain The cold air of the mist is supplied to the first storage compartment, and a part of the cold air containing the mist supplied to the first storage compartment is transmitted through a wind passage provided on the partition wall (for example, the upper partition wall or the side partition wall) (for example, cooling) The return air path of the chamber is returned to the cooler chamber, and the cold air containing the mist is supplied to the second storage chamber through the cooler chamber. The air passage provided in the partition wall may be formed by a cover portion provided to cover at least a part or all of the recessed portion of the water mist device (atomizing device), or may be formed by another component or may be disposed at The interior of the dividing wall. Here, at least one of a cold air inlet and a cold air outlet may be provided in the covering portion.

(Wide-bandgap semiconductor)

In the control substrate chamber 31, a control device 30 is provided, a semiconductor component such as a switch component or a diode assembly is provided, and a wide bandgap semiconductor is used in at least a part of the semiconductor component of the inverter drive circuit or the like. In addition, the control device 30 may be equipped with only a semiconductor component (which may have only a wide bandgap semiconductor), and may also control, for example, a related component such as a transformer or a relay or a converter or a power reactor or a capacitor or a current detecting component. At least one of them is mounted at the same time as the semiconductor component.

In the present embodiment, a wide-gap semiconductor is used as a mounting The semiconductor device of the control device 30 (for example, a semiconductor for inverter drive circuit for driving control such as the compressor 12, the compressor cooling fan, or the cooling air circulation fan 14). In the past, for example, an inverter drive circuit mounted on the control device 30 In a semiconductor device such as a semiconductor, ytterbium (Si) is generally used as a base semiconductor. However, in the present embodiment, a wide gap semiconductor is used, for example, lanthanum carbide (SiC), gallium nitride (GaN), diamond, or nitrogen. Aluminum gallium (AlGaN) or the like is used as a wide band gap semiconductor.

Wide-gap semiconductors (such as tantalum carbide (SiC), gallium nitride, gallium Nitride (GaN) or the like has the following two advantages over the bismuth (Si) semiconductor. One of the advantages is that the loss of the assembly is small and high temperature operation is possible. Si has a large amount of heat, and it is difficult to operate because the semiconductor performance is low at 100 ° C to 200 ° C. Therefore, it is necessary to provide a heat-dissipating fan (heat radiator) to radiate heat through the air, so it is necessary to use a storage volume for mounting the fan. And space for heat release. On the other hand, a wide-gap semiconductor (for example, SiC) has a small switching loss in its module, which can save energy, and at the same time, it is less likely to be inferior in performance below 300 ° C. Therefore, it can be in a machine room 1A or the like. Used in high temperature environments. In addition, since the performance is not easily lowered at 300 ° C or lower, there is a possibility that the fan for heat dissipation is not required, or the fan for heat release can be made relatively small (the height or the size is reduced, and the size is reduced, and the size is reduced). .

The second advantage is that the device capable of reducing the semiconductor constituent components thickness. A wide-gap semiconductor (for example, SiC or GaN) has a large dielectric breakdown strength, so that the semiconductor has a large withstand voltage (the withstand voltage is 10 times that of 矽 (Si)), and therefore, the thickness of the semiconductor device can be reduced (thinning) ) to 1/10. In the present embodiment, by using a wide-gap semiconductor having such characteristics, it is possible to realize a large size reduction, a reduction in the size of the inverter drive circuit module, or a good structure in which no heat release environment is required, and therefore, The design has a large degree of freedom and is obtained in a high quality refrigerator in a high temperature environment.

Because of the inverter drive circuit assembly mounted on the control device 30 Since a wide-gap semiconductor is used in a semiconductor device, the dielectric breakdown strength is large and the withstand voltage is large, so that the thickness and the size can be reduced (compared to 矽, which is 1/10 of 矽). Further, even if it is operated at a high temperature of 300 ° C, the heat radiation fan (heat radiator) for cooling the semiconductor module can be made very small. Therefore, in the past, in the state in which the control device 30 is mounted, the semiconductor component of the inverter drive circuit module in which the radiator of a very high height is provided by another control connection unit or the like is used in the present embodiment by using a wide energy gap. The semiconductor can make the height or size (longitudinal or lateral width) of the heat radiator and the inverter drive circuit assembly very small (lower or smaller), and therefore, the height can be reduced to the same or smaller than that of the control device 30. Other control related components (such as power reactors or capacitors or transformers or current sense components, etc.).

Here, in the portion where the control substrate chamber 31 is disposed, The vacuum heat insulating material 400 is also directly attached to the outer case 710 or the control substrate chamber 31 by an adhesive, and the rigid polyurethane foam has a predetermined thickness (for example, preferably 1 mm or more, more preferably 3 mm or more, and Preferably, it is 11 mm or less, and it is preferable that it is 6 mm or less, and it fills in between the vacuum heat insulation material 400 and the inner tank 750 as an adhesive agent.

Further, in the present embodiment, the control substrate chamber 31 is provided. It is placed on the upper surface of the refrigerator 1 and is insulated by the vacuum heat insulating material 400. However, if a wide gap semiconductor is used in a semiconductor component such as an inverter drive circuit unit, the vacuum heat insulating material 400 or the polymer is used. The urethane heat insulating material covers the periphery of the control substrate chamber 31, and there is no problem in the high temperature environment in the control substrate chamber 31. In addition, if it is made in a semiconductor component such as an inverter drive circuit component With the wide gap semiconductor, the control substrate chamber 31 can be placed in the machine room 1A in a high temperature environment. Compared with the conventional Si semiconductor, the wide bandgap semiconductor can operate without failing even in a high temperature environment, and therefore, there is no problem in covering the control substrate chamber 31 with a heat insulating material. In addition, even when the control substrate chamber 31 is placed in the machine room 1A in a high-temperature environment, it is not necessary to provide a heat insulating material or the like around the control substrate chamber 31 to prevent heat from being turned on in the control substrate chamber 31. Since the temperature is high, it is possible to simplify the pattern of the control substrate chamber, and it is possible to obtain a low-cost compressor or machine. Further, since it is not necessary to insulate the control substrate chamber 31, the height of the size of the control substrate chamber 31 can be reduced by the thickness (or the end material or depth thereof) of the heat insulating material to be miniaturized, and therefore, Since the adhesive directly adheres the vacuum heat insulating material 400 and the control substrate chamber 31, the vacuum heat insulating material 400, and the inner box 750, it is not necessary to fill the polyurethane as a heat insulating material, and therefore, it is possible to reduce the provision of the control substrate chamber 31. The wall thickness of the wall (for example, the upper wall or the back wall, etc.) can accordingly increase the volume of the storage chamber (inside volume).

In addition, since the control substrate chamber 31 can be set in the past because The space around the compressor 12 (for example, the upper space or the side space (or the surrounding space) of the terminal box of the compressor 12) cannot be set, so that the degree of freedom in setting the control substrate chamber 31 is improved (design freedom) In addition, a machine such as a refrigerator or an air conditioner that can effectively utilize the space in the machine room 1A can be obtained.

(use of defrosting heater and defrosting water)

The compressor 12 is disposed in a machine room 1A provided at the lowermost portion (or the uppermost portion of the back surface) of the rear surface of the refrigerator 1. The refrigerator 1 is provided with a refrigeration cycle, and the compressor 12 is a component constituting a refrigeration cycle and disposed in the machine room 1A, and has a refrigerant in a compression refrigeration cycle. The role. The refrigerant compressed by the compressor 12 is condensed in a condenser (not shown). The refrigerant in a condensed state is decompressed in a pressure reducing device such as a capillary tube (not shown) or an expansion valve (not shown). The cooler 13 is a single unit constituting a refrigeration cycle of the refrigerator, and is disposed in the cooler chamber 131. The refrigerant decompressed in the decompression device is evaporated in the cooler 13, and the gas around the cooler 13 is cooled by the endothermic action at the time of evaporation. The cooling air circulation fan 14 is disposed beside the cooler 13 in the cooler chamber 131, and blows the cold air cooled around the cooler 13 through the cold air passage (for example, the cold air passage 16 or the refrigerating chamber cold air passage 50, etc.). It goes to each of the plurality of storage compartments of the refrigerator 1 (refrigeration chamber 2, ice making compartment 3, switching compartment 4, vegetable compartment 5, and freezing compartment 6).

Set below the cooler 13 provided in the cooler chamber 131 Defrost heater 150 (a glass tube heater for defrosting, for example, a carbon heater, which is used in a quartz glass tube to emit a wavelength of 0.2 μm through a quartz glass tube for defrosting means for defrosting the cooler 13 ~4μm light carbon fiber). A heater top plate 151 is provided between the cooler 13 and the defrosting heater 150 on the upper portion of the defrosting heater 150 so that the defrosted water dropped by the cooler 13 does not directly drop to the defrosting heater 150. When a heater of a black medium such as a carbon heater is used in the defrosting heater 150, the frost of the cooler 13 can be efficiently melted by radiation heat transfer, so that the surface temperature can be made low ( When a flammable refrigerant (for example, a hydrocarbon refrigerant such as isobutane) is used for the refrigerant used in the refrigeration cycle, the risk of ignition can be reduced even if the refrigerant leaks. Sex. In addition, compared with the nichrome wire heater, the frost of the cooler 13 can be efficiently melted by radiation heat transfer, so that the frost attached to the cooler 13 is slowly melted, and the frost is not easily formed into a block. And a whole Since the block is dropped, it is possible to reduce the falling sound when it falls to the heater top plate 151, and it is possible to provide a refrigerator which is low in noise and excellent in defrosting efficiency.

Here, the defrosting heater 150 may be combined with the cooler 13 as An integrated combination heater. Alternatively, a glass tube type heater and a combination type heater may be used in combination. The defrosted water generated in the cooler 13 or the defrosted water falling on the heater top plate 151 falls in the cooler chamber and passes through the defrosting water receiving portion 154 provided below the cooler chamber 131 and is defrosted water discharge port 155. It is discharged to the outside of the refrigerator (for example, an evaporation tray or the like provided in the machine room 1A).

Here, a cooler for a freezer compartment and a cooler for a refrigerator compartment are provided In the case of the two coolers (evaporators), in the refrigerating compartment cooler, the evaporating temperature higher than the freezer cooler can be set, so that the frost adhering to the cooler is small. Therefore, the defrosting heater 150 is not required, so the heater top plate 151 is not required. Therefore, the defrosted water generated by the cooler 13 is directly dropped to the defrosting water receiving portion 154 provided in the lower portion of the cooler chamber 131 in the cooler chamber, and is discharged to the outside of the refrigerator by the defrosting water discharge port 155 (for example, setting In the evaporation chamber of the machine room 1A, etc.).

2 sets of coolers for freezer compartments and coolers for refrigerator compartments In the case of a cooler (evaporator), a refrigerator compartment cooler is provided on the back surface of the storage compartment behind the lower portion (slightly closed containers 2X, 2Y) of the refrigerator compartment 2 or the back of the vegetable compartment 5, so that the water mist device 200 is installed. The back wall of the storage accommodation space of the refrigerator compartment 2 or the back wall of the storage compartment behind the back surface of the container 11X, 2Y may be slightly closed, or the back wall of the vegetable compartment 5 may be used. The defrosted water generated by the cooler for the refrigerating compartment can be used as the water supply means of the water mist device 200, and the container for defrosting water generated by the cooler for storing the refrigerating compartment can be disposed instead of the cooler chamber 131. The heater top plate 151 disposed inside the cooler 13 may be disposed. In this case, in the case where the water is filled out of the water discharge port container provided in the upper portion of the container, if the full water is discharged from the defrosted water discharge port 155 to the outside of the refrigerator, it is not necessary to process the upper portion of the container. Water overflowing from the water outlet container. Therefore, it is preferable that the container provided in the cooler chamber 131 is provided below the refrigerator compartment cooler and above the defrosting water discharge port 155. Further, the discharge electrode of the water mist device 200 is positioned above the container, at the same height as the refrigerator for the refrigerator (the front side of the cooler) or between the cooler and the container for the refrigerator. When the water in the container is supplied to the discharge electrode by a capillary phenomenon or the like, the water supply path can be shortened.

The water mist device 200 is arranged to have at least a part of the storage as shown In the recessed portion of the upper wall (the upper partition wall 24) of the vegetable compartment 5 which is disposed adjacent to the lower side of the freezer compartment 6, the other part of the storage compartment (vegetable compartment 5) provided with the water mist device 200 is adjacently provided The cold air in the storage chamber (freezer compartment 6) causes condensed water to be generated in the heat radiating portion, and the condensed water is used to apply a voltage to the discharge electrode, whereby the discharge electrode may generate water mist.

In the ninth and tenth drawings, the storage room lighting device 900 is disposed on For example, the top wall (upper wall) 740 of the inner wall of the refrigerating compartment 2 as the storage compartment is composed of a plurality of LEDs. Here, the lighting device 900 may be disposed in the side wall 790, the bottom wall 780, or the partition wall 24 in the storage compartment. The plurality of LEDs of the illuminating device 900 are disposed closer to the front side of the refrigerator 1 than the shelf 80, and can pass through the storage compartment from above to below without being covered by the shelf 80. In addition, at least one of the plurality of LEDs of the illumination device 900 has an optical axis configured to illuminate a door panel (such as a refrigerator compartment door) when the storage compartment door piece (such as the refrigerating compartment door panel 7) is opened. In the case of the door pocket portion of the sheet 7), even when the periphery of the refrigerator 1 is slightly dark at night, the door pocket portion can be irradiated not only in the storage chamber but also in the refrigerator which is easy for the user to use.

The above is a cold air path 760 provided on the back wall of the storage compartment. The first air passage module 762 may be formed or formed integrally with the inner box 750 by an example formed by the other unit (for example, the first air passage unit 762) of the inner box 750 forming the recess 440. In this case, the inner box at the position of the center portion in the width direction (left-right direction) of the recessed portion 440 formed in the inner box 750 forming the rear wall is formed so as to form a cross-sectional arc shape (or an arch shape or U across the vertical direction). The protruding portion of the word shape may protrude in the storage chamber instead of the first air passage module 762. Further, a space between the arcuate (or arched or U-shaped) projection formed by the inner box and the vacuum heat insulating material 400 can be used as the cold air passage 760. When it is difficult to form the cold air passage 760 by the arc-shaped projecting portion and the vacuum heat insulating material 400, the second wind having a cross-sectional elliptical shape or the like can be provided in the space between the protruding portion and the vacuum heat insulating material 400. Road component 764. As described above, when the inner air box 750 is used instead of the first air passage unit 762, the first air passage unit 762 is not required, and it is not necessary to assemble the first air passage unit to the inner box 750 or the like, and the assemblability can be improved. A highly insulated housing, refrigerator, and machine with a low number of components and low cost.

(Other heat insulation cabinets, refrigerators)

Fig. 11 is a front sectional view showing the heat insulating box body according to the first embodiment of the present invention. Fig. 12 is a rear view showing the heat insulating box. In addition, Fig. 13 is a perspective view showing the heat insulating box viewed from the front side. Fig. 14 is a perspective view showing the heat insulating box viewed from the face side (rear side). The parts corresponding to the figures 1 to 10 are labeled the same. The symbols are omitted and their descriptions are omitted. Further, the vacuum heat insulating material 400 is an article that is actually disposed in the in-wall space 315 formed between the outer box 710 and the inner box 750. However, in FIG. 12, in order to make the shape of the vacuum heat insulating material 400 disposed on the back wall of the refrigerator 1 easy to understand, the vacuum heat insulating material 400 is shown through the back surface of the outer case 710 (that is, it is indicated by a solid line). Vacuum insulation material 400). In addition, in FIG. 13, the illustration of the rail part 755 is abbreviate|omitted.

The refrigerator 1 includes a heat insulating box 700 which is made of, for example, metal The case 710 and the inner case 750 made of, for example, a resin. Further, the wall inner space 315 (for example, the top surface, the left and right side surfaces, the back surface, and the bottom surface portion of the refrigerator 1 or the heat insulating box 700) formed between the outer box 710 and the inner box 750 is disposed (filled) as a heat insulating material. A rigid polyurethane foam and/or vacuum insulation 400.

The heat insulating box 700 constituting the refrigerator 1 of the first embodiment is formed The shape of the bottomed corner cylinder (slightly rectangular parallelepiped shape) closed to the top surface, the bottom surface, and the side surface is a shape having an opening portion having an opening at the front portion. Moreover, the heat insulating box 700 is partitioned into a plurality of storage compartments (for example, the refrigerating compartment 2, the ice making compartment 3, the switching compartment 4, the vegetable compartment 5, by, for example, a plurality of partition plates 24 (two in the drawing). Freezer compartment 6, etc.). The sheet metal covering portion 34 (for example, a thickness of 0.5 mm or more) formed of sheet metal on the front side is attached to the partitioning plates 24 by a fixing member such as a screw. The sheet metal covering portion 34 is fixed to the heat insulating box 700 by screws or the like, whereby the partitioning plate 24 is attached to the heat insulating box 700. As described above, the partition plate 24 is attached to the heat insulating box 700 by the sheet metal covering portion 34, and the strength of the heat insulating box 700 can be improved.

Further, in the refrigerator 1 or the heat insulating box 700 of the present embodiment, In a storage room such as a refrigerating compartment 2, a vegetable compartment 5, or a freezing compartment 6, a side wall 790 is formed to support a shelf 80 or a drawer type storage compartment (such as a drawer type door or drawer) provided in the storage compartment. A track portion (such as a track or track retaining portion) 755 of a box or the like.

The heat insulating box 700 having such a configuration is manufactured as will be described later. First, the vacuum heat insulating material 400 is adhered and fixed to the outer case 710 with a second adhesive. Then, the outer case 710 and the inner case 750 are fixed by adhesion or the like in a state where, for example, the inner wall space 315 is provided. Then, as shown in Fig. 14, the raw material of the liquid rigid polyurethane foam is formed from the polyurethane formed on the back side in the state in which the back surface side of the heat insulating box 700 is on the upper surface side. The injection ports 703, 704 are injected so as to be integrally foamed in the space 315, thereby being filled in the wall space 315 with a rigid polyurethane foam.

In the present embodiment, in the portion where the vacuum heat insulating material 400 is provided (for example, the concave portion 440 or the second concave portion 441 or the side wall 790 or the door piece (7, 8, 9, 10, 11), etc.), the polyurethane is used. The main purpose of the acid ester is not to act as a heat insulating material but to act as an adhesive. In other words, in the portion where the vacuum heat insulating material 400 is provided, the heat insulating performance is ensured by setting the coverage or the filling rate of the vacuum heat insulating material 400 to a predetermined value or more. For example, in a part or the whole range of the concave portion 440, for example, a rigid polyurethane coated or filled in a space between the vacuum heat insulating material 400 and the inner box 750 is used as a main purpose for adhesion function. The adhesive, therefore, the adhesive applied to or filled in the space 315 between the vacuum heat insulating material 400 in the wall (the back wall 730 of the refrigerator 1) and the inner box 750 (or the outer box 710), as long as it can satisfy the adhesive Adhesive strength (adhesive strength, adhesive performance) can be used, so the thickness of the adhesive is preferably thin, about 11 mm or less. Preferably, it is preferably about 6mm or less.

In addition, in order to satisfy the adhesion as an adhesive (adhesion) It can ensure that the strength of the box is above a predetermined value when it is adhered, and the adhesive thickness of the adhesive must be above a predetermined thickness, preferably 1 mm or more. Here, even if there is unevenness of the surface of the vacuum heat insulating material 400 or surface unevenness of the inner box 750 (or the outer box 710), a slight full coating of the space between the vacuum heat insulating material 400 and the inner box (or the outer box) or The adhesive is filled so that the adhesive is slightly covered with a portion of the space 315 between the vacuum heat insulating material 400 and the inner box 750 (or the outer box 710). Therefore, it is preferably 3 mm or more. .

Here, it is not limited to the concave portion 440 provided on the back wall, and the rear wall In the other portion of the 730 or the side wall 790 or the top wall 740 or the bottom wall 780 or the partition wall 24, etc., the portion opposite to the vacuum heat insulating material 400 in the case where the vacuum heat insulating material 400 is provided, like the concave portion 440, can be vacuumed The heat insulating material 400 and the wall surface (the inner box 750 or the outer box 710 partition wall) are directly adhered, and the inner wall space 315 can be ensured as a predetermined thickness of the adhesive. Therefore, the predetermined thickness of the adhesive is preferably 11 mm or less, more preferably 6 mm or less, more preferably 1 mm or more, and particularly preferably 3 mm or more.

Here, on the back side of the heat insulating box 700, a packed polyamino group is provided. Since the injection ports 703 and 704 of the foamed heat insulating material such as formic acid ester are in the space inside the heat insulating box 700 facing the injection ports 703 and 704 (between the outer box 710 and the inner box 750) In the space 315, the polyurethane foam is filled, and it is difficult to arrange the vacuum heat insulating material 400. Therefore, in the present embodiment, as shown in Fig. 12, on the back side of the heat insulating box 700, a vacuum heat insulating material 400 is provided in addition to the portion opposed to the injection ports 703 and 704. For example, use and injection port 703, The vacant heat insulating material 400 having a notch at the portion 704 is disposed so that the vacuum heat insulating material 400 is disposed such that the notch portion 33 is hollowed out at a portion opposed to the injection ports 703 and 704 without impeding the filling of the polyurethane and flow.

Further, a vacuum heat insulating material disposed on the back side of the heat insulating box 700 400 is, for example, not a single body, but is divided into plural numbers (for example, 2 to 3) and arranged side by side, as long as the opposing portions of the injection ports 703 and 704 are arranged to have a size equal to or larger than the sizes of the injection ports 703 and 704. The vacuum heat insulating material 400 of the notch portion 33 such as a notch or an opening may be used. Here, the vacuum heat insulating material 400 does not need to be divided, and may be one vacuum heat insulating material 400. As long as the polyurethane filled with the injection ports 703, 704 is not inhibited or hindered from flowing into the necessary portion of the heat insulating box 700, a vacuum may be provided in the vacuum heat insulating material 400 to form a gap or opening. Insulation material 400.

In the present embodiment, the vacuum heat insulating material 400 has a notch portion 33 at at least one corner portion, and the notch portion 33 is disposed to face the injection ports 703 and 704. In the state in which the vacuum heat insulating material 400 is disposed in the heat insulating box 700, the notch portion 33 is formed at a corner portion facing the injection port 703, 704, and the notch portion formed at the corner portion of the vacuum heat insulating material 400 is formed. The portion 33 opposed to the injection ports 703 and 704 is disposed so that the injection ports 703 and 704 and the vacuum heat insulating material 400 do not interfere with each other, whereby the arrangement area of the vacuum heat insulating material 400 can be increased and the distance can be avoided. The vacuum heat insulating material 400 is placed in the inlets 703 and 704 (the raw liquid of the rigid polyurethane foam can be injected without being hindered by the vacuum heat insulating material 400). When the vacuum heat insulating material 400 is disposed in such a configuration, it is possible to provide the heat insulating box 700 or the refrigerator 1 which is excellent in heat insulating performance and can secure the strength of the box. Here, when the vacuum heat insulating material 400 is not provided with the notch portion 33, the vacuum heat insulating material 400 is disposed as long as the injection ports 703 and 704 are avoided. can. (The vacuum heat insulating material 400 may be disposed at a position that does not interfere with the injection ports 703 and 704.)

Here, it is preferable that the injection ports 703, 704 are located between the outer case 710 and the inner case 750 which form the side wall 790.

The formation positions of the injection ports 703 and 704 are merely examples, and may be appropriately formed by fitting the heat insulating box 700, that is, the shape of the wall space 315 formed between the outer box 710 and the inner box 750. Therefore, the positions at which the injection ports 703 and 704 are provided may be formed on any one of the side surfaces (the left side surface, the right side surface, the front surface, the back surface, the top surface, the bottom surface, and the like) in accordance with the shape of the heat insulating box 700 or the refrigerator 1.

Fig. 22 is a rear elevational view showing the heat insulating box 700 according to the first embodiment of the present invention. In the drawings, the same reference numerals are given to the same parts as in the first to the first, and the description thereof will be omitted. In Fig. 22, in order to make the shape of the vacuum heat insulating material 400 disposed on the back wall of the refrigerator 1 easy to understand, the vacuum heat insulating material 400 is shown through the back surface of the outer casing 710 (that is, the vacuum partition is indicated by a solid line) Hot material 400).

In Fig. 22, filling ports (injections) 703 and 704 such as filled or injected rigid polyurethane foam disposed on the back side of the heat insulating box 700 are provided in the lower portion of the back surface of the heat insulating box 700. Or four positions near the four corners of the back wall portion of the machine room 1A on the back side (near the four corners). The arrangement positions of the filling ports 703 and 704 are set at a predetermined distance Y1 from the left end or the right end of the heat insulating box 700 in the width direction, and a predetermined distance Y2 from the end of the machine room 1A in the up-and-down direction. position. Here, the thickness of the side wall 790 is T1 mm, and the length of the filling opening in the width direction (diameter in the case of a circular shape) is r1, and the predetermined distance Y1 in the width direction is preferably T1 + r1 or less, so that When the fillers (injections) 703 and 704 are filled with a filler such as polyurethane, a filler such as polyurethane can be smoothly flowed into the side wall 790. For example, when the thickness of the side wall 790 is 20 mm to 50 mm, and the diameter of the filling ports 703 and 704 is 25 mm to 50 mm, the filling ports 703 and 704 are disposed at a predetermined distance T01 mm (for example, 10 mm) from the end portion of the side wall 790. The predetermined distance Y1 is T01+r1 or more and T1+r1 or less, and therefore it is preferably 35 mm or more and 80 mm or less.

Furthermore, the top or bottom wall separates the machine room from the storage room. The thickness of the heat insulating partition wall is T2 mm, and the length of the vertical direction of the filling port (diameter in the case of a circular shape) is r2, and the predetermined distance Y2 in the vertical direction is preferably T2+r2 or less so that the filling port (injection port) When 703 and 704 are filled with a filler such as polyurethane, the filler such as polyurethane can smoothly flow into the top wall or the bottom wall or the partition wall, and the thickness of the top or bottom wall or partition wall can be made. When the diameter of the filling port is from 25 mm to 50 mm, and the filling ports 703 and 704 are disposed at a predetermined distance T02 mm (for example, 10 mm) from the end of the wall surface, the predetermined distance Y2 is T02+r2 or more. Below T2+r2, it is preferably 35 mm or more and 80 mm or less.

Here, as shown in Fig. 8, it is set indoors (storage room) In the case of the convex portion 450 protruding sideways, if the filling ports 703, 704 are provided in the range in which the convex portion 450 is provided (the slightly triangular oblique side 456 of the convex portion 450 and the predetermined portion 797, 798 to which the back wall 730 or the side wall 790 are connected) If the length of the convex portion 450 in the width direction is A, the predetermined distance Y1 is preferably T01+r1 or more and T1+A or less. If the length of the convex portion 450 in the vertical direction is B, Then, the predetermined distance Y2 is T02+r2 or more and T2+B or less is preferable. Therefore, if the convex portion is The length A of the width direction of 450 is, for example, 180 mm to 200 mm, and the predetermined distance Y1 is 250 mm or less (more preferably 230 mm or less), and even a filler such as filled polyurethane hits the oblique portion of the convex portion 450 ( The arc shape may be 456. Since the oblique portion is inclined, the side wall 790 or the top wall 740 can be smoothly injected, and thus there is no problem.

(rail material of the side wall)

Here, a case where a rail portion (for example, a rail or rail mounting portion) 755 for supporting a shelf 80 or a drawer type storage chamber (for example, a drawer type door piece or a drawer box or the like) is formed in the side wall 790 will be described.

Figure 24 is a view showing the track safety of the refrigerator in the first embodiment of the present invention. A section of the important part of the vicinity of the loading section. Figure 25 is a cross-sectional view showing an essential part of the vicinity of a rail mounting portion of another refrigerator in accordance with the first embodiment of the present invention. Figure 26 is a cross-sectional view showing an essential part of the vicinity of a rail mounting portion of another refrigerator in accordance with the first embodiment of the present invention. Figure 27 is a cross-sectional view showing an essential part of the vicinity of a rail mounting portion of another refrigerator in accordance with the first embodiment of the present invention. In the figures 24 to 27, the same reference numerals are given to the same parts as in the first to the first, and the description thereof will be omitted. In the figures 24 to 27, the same reference numerals will be given to the corresponding parts, and therefore the description in the other figures will be omitted.

In Fig. 24, for example, the refrigerator compartment 2 or the vegetable compartment 5 or the freezer compartment 6, etc. In the storage compartment, on the side wall 790, the inner box 750 is formed by a concave inner box recess 717 or a convex inner box protrusion or the like for supporting the shelf 80 or the drawer type storage room provided in the storage compartment. a rail portion (for example, a rail or a rail box) of a drawer type (such as a drawer type door or a drawer type box), the rail support portion 820 of the rail member 810 is fixed to the inner box 750 by a fixing member 735 such as a screw or the like. Reinforcement A heat insulating material 701 such as a material 731 or a polyurethane. Therefore, in the side wall 790, the thickness of the heat insulating material 701 such as a rigid polyurethane foam filled in the third intermediate member between the vacuum heat insulating material 400 and the inner box 750 is set to a predetermined thickness (in 11 mm or less, preferably less than 10 mm, preferably less than 6 mm.) If the wall thickness is thinned to increase the volume of the storage chamber, the fixing member such as a screw for fixing or holding the rail member or the reinforcing member may be injured. The outer covering of the vacuum insulation material 400 is damaged or damaged.

Here, if the length of the fixing member 735 such as a screw is shortened so that the vacuum heat insulating material 400 is not damaged, the fixing strength or the holding strength for fixing or holding the rail member 810 may be weakened, and the rail member 810 may be weakened. In the case where the box 520 or the shelf 80 is provided, when the storage or storage is stored, the fixed member 735 may be detached from the inner box 750 due to the weight of the storage or the box 520 or the shelf 80. Further, in the case of a drawer type box composed of two stages of rails, if the amount of pull-out is large when the box 550 is pulled out, when the box 520 or the like is placed on the rail member 810, the rail portion 755 may be stored in a storage box or a box. The weight of 520 or the like is deformed at the mounting portion of the inner box 750 with respect to the position of the rail member 810 or the reinforcing member 731, and the drawer box 520 may not be smoothly pulled out. Here, it is difficult to make the length (the length of the screw portion) of the fixing member 735 such as a screw inserted into and fixed in the polyurethane 701 shorter than 10 mm from the viewpoint of strength securing, and it is usually ensured that it is 15 mm or more. It is difficult to make the thickness of the rigid polyurethane foam 701 of the third intermediate member between the vacuum heat insulating material 400 and the inner box 750 15 mm or less (11 mm or less (for example, preferably less than 10 mm)). In particular, the polyurethane used in the past has a density of 60 kg/m ³ or less in order to secure the heat insulating property. Therefore, there are many voids in the polyurethane, and a fixing member such as a screw is fixed. The strength is small, so the length of the fixed member such as a screw must be long.

In the embodiment of the present invention, the heat insulating box 700 or the side wall of the refrigerator 1 790, the inner box 750 is formed to support a shelf 80 provided in a room (storage room, etc.) or a drawer type box (for example, a drawer type storage room or a storage room door piece or a drawer type box, etc.) 520 track A portion (for example, a rail mounting portion or a rail holding portion) 755. However, a vacuum heat insulating material 400 is disposed between the inner box 750 and the outer box 710 of the inner box 750 facing the rail portion 755. Here, when the vacuum heat insulating material 400 is disposed between the inner box 750 and the outer box 710 of the inner box 750 facing the rail portion 755, the fixing member 735 such as a screw is not provided on the side wall 790. The partition wall 24 or the partition wall (upper wall) 24 or the top wall 740 or the bottom wall 780 which is formed on the lower surface of the forming chamber may be provided. In this case, the fixed member is disposed at the bottom wall 780 or the lower partition wall 24 or the upper partition wall 24 or the top wall 740 adjacent the side wall 790, and thus, the partition wall 24 or the top wall 740 at the bottom wall 780 or below. When the vacuum heat insulating material 400 is also disposed in the partition wall 24 of the upper surface, the vacuum heat insulating material 400 may be disposed so as to avoid a portion where the fixed member 735 is provided, a design notch, or the like. In this way, the vacuum heat insulating material 400 can be disposed on the side wall 790, and the wall thickness can be made thinner.

In addition, in the present embodiment, the length (the length of the screw portion) of the fixing member 735 such as a screw in the polyurethane 701 as the third intermediate member is shorter than 10 mm, and is used as the third. When the density of the polyurethane of the intermediate member is in the range of more than 60 kg/m ³ , the void in the polyurethane is less than the density of less than 60 kg/m ³ , and the fixing member 735 such as a screw is held. The strength of the polyurethane is increased to increase the holding strength of the fixed member 735. In this case, a resin-made or metal plate-shaped reinforcing member (screw fixing portion) 731 is formed between the vacuum heat insulating material 400 and the inner box 750, and the fixing member 735 is inserted into the screw fixing portion 731 to be Fixed. The thickness of the reinforcing member 731 may be set to be 2 mm or more and 10 mm or less as long as it is a thickness of the fixing member 735 capable of holding or fixing a screw or the like. In this case, when the density of the polyurethane as the third intermediate member is more than 60 kg/m ³ , the holding strength of the reinforcing member (screw fixing portion) 731 in the polyurethane 701 can be increased. Therefore, deformation of the rail portion 755 of the inner box 750 and the reinforcing member 735 can be suppressed, and the positional displacement of the reinforcing member 731 in the polyurethane 701 can be suppressed. In particular, in the case of a two-stage rail structure that can be pulled out in two stages, the fixing or holding strength of the fixed member must be large, but as long as the density of the polyurethane is more than 60 kg/m ³ , there is no problem. use. In addition, when the thickness of the heat insulating material 701 such as a polyurethane is 11 mm or less (for example, less than 10 mm), it is preferably 6 mm or less, and even if the length of the screw portion of the fixing member 735 such as a screw is 10 mm or less, the screw portion is oriented. The protruding length of the polyurethane heat insulating material 701 is shortened (the amount of shortening is the thickness of the inner box 750 of the portion of the fixing screw 735 (the rail portion 755) (for example, 1 to 2 mm), or the thickness of the reinforcing member 731 (for example, 1) ~8 mm)) Therefore, the screw 735 does not cause the vacuum insulation material 400 to be damaged or broken.

That is, the vacuum heat insulating material 400 is disposed between the inner box 750 and the outer box 710, and the side wall 790 of the rail member 810 for the drawer type storage room and the rail portion (track mounting portion) to which the rail member 810 is attached are provided. The thickness of the foamed heat insulating material (for example, rigid polyurethane foam) 701 at the relative position of 755 is 11 mm or less, the thickness of the foamed heat insulating material / (the thickness of the foamed heat insulating material + the vacuum heat insulating material) The thickness is 0.3 or less, and the density of the rigid polyurethane foam is more than 60 kg/m ³ , whereby the peeling of the fixing member 735 such as a screw is suppressed, or the holding strength or fixing of the fixing member 735 such as a screw is increased. Since the strength of the rail portion 755 is not deformed, the entrance and exit of the case 520 and the like can be smoothly performed. Further, the rail portion (track mounting portion) 755 or the inner box 750 of the fixing member 735 such as a mounting screw is not damaged, and the reliability is improved.

The track member 810 is fixed or held in the storage compartment 2, 3, 4, 5, The opening and closing flaps 7, 8, 9, 10, 11 of 6 are constituted by the upper rail 811 as a moving rail that is pulled out when the flap is opened, and the lower rail as a fixed rail fixed to the side wall 790 of the storage compartment. 812. The intermediate rail 813 disposed between the upper rail 811 and the lower rail 812, the rail supporting member 836 fixed by screws or the like, or the rail supporting portion 836 is fixed to the rail supporting portion 820 of the lower rail 812, and fixed by a box supporting portion such as a screw or a welding. The member 835 is fixed to the box support portion 830 of the upper rail 811, and a plurality of bearings 815 as the slewing support members that support the intermediate rail 813 and the upper rail 811 and the lower rail 812. The rail support portion 820 is fixed to a rail portion 755 of the inner box 750 that forms the side wall 790 of the storage chambers 2, 3, 4, 5, 6 by a fixed member 735 such as a screw. In addition, the box support portion 830 supports the box 520 disposed in the storage compartments 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, and the box 520 moves in the front-rear direction with the movement of the upper rail 811 as the moving rail in the front-rear direction (by the box 520 The movement of the upper rail 811 moves in the front-rear direction, and the box 520 enters and exits in the front-rear direction). Further, the intermediate rail 813 moves in the front-rear direction in accordance with the movement of the upper rail 811 in the front-rear direction. Therefore, the boxes 520 of the respective storage compartments 2, 3, 4, 5, 6 are synchronized with the storage compartment door panels 7, 8, 9, 10, 11 in the front-rear direction with respect to the refrigerator 1, and move forward and backward together with the upper rail 811. The box 520 is freely detachable in the upper direction when the door sheets of each storage compartment are fully opened.

Here, the lower rail 812 and the rail support portion 820 may be formed as One. That is, the lower rail 812 and the rail support portion 820 may be previously welded together, thereby being integrally fixed. In this case, the screw that fixes the member 836 as the rail support portion is not required, and the assemblability thereof is improved. Further, a part of the lower rail 812 can be used as the rail support portion 820. In this case, since the welding or the screw is not required, the rail member and the refrigerator having good assembly properties can be obtained at low cost.

The rail support portion 820 of the rail member 810 is fixed by a member 735 It is fixed or held on the rail portion 755 of the inner box 750 constituting the side wall 790 of each storage compartment. Here, since the rail member 810 has a certain size, since it protrudes (projects) toward the storage chamber side in the state of being attached to the storage compartment side of the rail portion 755, in order to reduce the amount of protrusion into the storage compartment ( The protruding amount) is preferably recessed in the direction of the outer case 710 when viewed from the side of the storage compartment. Therefore, the rail portion 755 of the inner box 750 is recessed in the direction of the outer box 710, and the inner box recess 717 is formed. In this manner, the rail member 810 is attached to the inner box recess 717 that recesses the rail portion 755 toward the outer box 710 side from the storage chamber side, whereby the volume in the storage chamber and the volume of the cassette 520 can be increased.

On the outer casing 710 side of the rail portion 755 of the inner box 750 (and the storage compartment side) In the opposite side, a reinforcing member 731 is provided between the vacuum member and the vacuum heat insulating material 400, and a heat insulating material 701 such as polyurethane is filled between the reinforcing member 731 and the vacuum heat insulating material 400 as a third intermediate member. The reinforcing member 731 is fixed or held in the rail portion 755 in a slightly close manner by the heat insulating material 701 such as polyurethane. Between the rail portion 755 of the inner box 750 and the outer box 710, a rail portion 755, a reinforcing member 731, a heat insulating material 701 such as polyurethane, a vacuum heat insulating material 400, and the like are sequentially disposed from the inner box 750 side. Outer box 710. Here, in the present embodiment, the heat insulating material 701 such as polyurethane is filled between the inner case 750 and the vacuum heat insulating material 400. Since the heat insulating performance and the strength of the case are provided by the vacuum heat insulating material 400, the third intermediate member may be used instead of the heat insulating material 701 as an adhesive. In this case, a rigid polyurethane or the like may be used. Self-adhesive foam insulation material as an adhesive. Further, the outer case 710 and the vacuum heat insulating material 400 are fixed by a second adhesive of a second intermediate member such as hot melt or double-sided tape.

Here, the thickness Q of the heat insulating material 701 such as polyurethane filled between the vacuum heat insulating material 400 and the inner box 750 is set to 15 mm or more (preferably 13 mm or more). In addition, the thickness P of the heat insulating material 701 such as polyurethane filled between the vacuum heat insulating material 400 and the rail portion 755 of the inner box 750 is set to 11 mm or less (for example, 10 mm or less), so that it can be increased. The bending elastic modulus of the heat insulating material 701 such as polyurethane improves the strength of the casing 700 or the refrigerator 1. In addition, the thickness R of the heat insulating material 701 such as polyurethane filled in the reinforcing member 731 and the vacuum heat insulating material 400 is set to be smaller than the predetermined thickness P, for example, 6 mm or less, so that the strength can be further improved. In addition, since the density of the heat insulating material 701 such as polyurethane is set to be more than 60 kg/m ³ , the holding strength or fixing strength of the fixing member 735 such as a screw can be improved, and the screw can be prevented from becoming loose or detached. In addition, by increasing the holding strength or the fixing strength of the reinforcing member 731, it is possible to suppress the positional displacement of the reinforcing member 731 or the deformation of the screw due to the positional deviation or the deformation of the rail portion 755 of the inner box 750, thereby achieving reliability. High refrigerator or machine.

In Fig. 25, the reinforcing member 731 is made of metal or resin, and The plate-shaped reinforcing member main body portion 734 to which the fixing member 735 is fixed, the plate-shaped reinforcing member extending portion that is provided at the upper end or the upper portion of the reinforcing member main body portion 734 and extends in a horizontal direction a plate-shaped reinforcing member provided on the lower end or the lower portion of the reinforcing member body portion 734 and extending in a horizontal direction The extension portion 733, the reinforcing member main body portion 734, the reinforcing member extending portion 732, and the reinforcing member extending portion 733 are integrally formed (integrally integrated) or integrally formed.

Reinforcing member 731, second adhesive by hot melt or double-sided tape After being adhered to the outer case 710 side of the inner case recess 717 formed in the rail portion 755 of the inner case 750, the heat insulating material 701 such as polyurethane is refilled, thereby fixing or holding the track of the inner case 750. Department 755. The reinforcing member 731 is a reinforcing member extending portion 732 and a reinforcing member extending portion 733 extending from the end surface of the reinforcing member body portion 734 in the same direction to form a U-shaped cross section, and the reinforcing member body portion 734 is provided. The bottom surface portion (recessed portion) of the inner box recessed portion 717 is placed on the reinforcing member extending portion 732 so as to be opposed to the concave portion portion 718 forming the inner box concave portion 717, and the reinforcing member 731 is disposed in the inner box concave portion. The outer box 710 side of the 717. Further, the reinforcing member extending portion 733 is disposed to face the concave portion 719 which forms the inner box recess 717. Therefore, the reinforcing member 731 can easily perform the positioning of the reinforcing member extension portion 732 or the reinforcing member extension portion 733 without the inner box 750. Further, the reinforcing member 731 can be attached to cover the inner box recess 717 from the outer case 710 side, and therefore, the reinforcing member 731 can be easily positioned or mounted to the inner case 750, and the strength of the inner case recess 717 is also improved. . Here, the reinforcing member 731 can form or form any of the reinforcing member extension portion 732 or the reinforcing member material extension portion 733 by reinforcing the member extension portion 732 or the reinforcing member member. The lower portion 733 and the concave portion 718 or the concave portion 719 are positioned, so that any of them can be omitted (as long as any one of them is provided).

In addition, in FIG. 25, the rail supporting portion 820 is integrally formed with the rail 812 below the fixed rail as the rail member 810 by being welded, and therefore, It is easy to assemble the rail member 810 to the rail portion 755 of the inner box 750. In addition, the rail member 810 is placed through the rail support portion 820 or the fixed rail lower rail 812 under the recess portion 719 of the rail member mounting portion as the inner box recess 717, and is positioned such that the rail member 810 does not In the upper surface side of the recessed section lower portion 719, a fixing portion that fixes or holds the rail supporting portion 820 with a screw or the like is provided, and is fixed or held by the fixing portion (movement suppressing portion) to suppress the rail supporting portion 820 or The track member 810 moves upward or laterally.

The rail member 810 is placed on the concave portion as the rail member mounting portion Since the section bottom portion 719 can suppress the rail support portion 820 supporting the rail member 810 from being deformed downward by the weight of the casing 520, the door piece or the box 520 can be smoothly taken in and out. Here, the box 520 is an upper open container composed of a bottom wall of the box and four side walls of the box, and is provided with a draft angle, thereby forming a side wall of the box of the box 520 from the upper direction to the lower side of the box 520. Tilt in direction. That is, the width of the case 520 is formed such that the lower end is narrower than the upper end.

Therefore, the gap (length) between the box 520 and the side wall 790 is The lower end of the case 520 is larger than the upper end. Therefore, when the rail member 810 is supported by the rail member 810, the rail member 810 is supported below the height direction of the cartridge 520, so that the volume of the cartridge 520 can be increased, which is preferable. At a position below 1/2 of the height of the box 520 (particularly better than 1/3), the box 520 is supported by the rail member 810 (for example, the box support portion 830), so that the width of the box can be increased, and thus the box 520 can be added. Volume. In this case, a box step portion 525 may be provided on the box side wall of the box 520, and the box step portion 525 is supported by the box support portion 830 of the track member 810. Thereby, the case 520 can be easily supported. In addition, it may be supported near the lower end of the height direction of the case 520 (for example, at 1/2 of the height of the case 520) Lower (at 1/3 or better) position, however, if the bottom of the bottom wall of the lowermost box is supported, it is not necessary to provide the box step portion 525 in the box 520, making the box 520 easy to manufacture.

A heat insulating material 701 (for example, a hard polyamino group) such as polyurethane which is filled between the inner box 750 and the vacuum heat insulating material 400 (or the outer box 710) which is formed in the recessed portion 719 as the rail mounting portion. When the density of the formic acid ester foam is 60 kg/m ³ or more, the strength of the concave portion 719 as the rail member mounting portion is increased. Therefore, even if the weight is contained in the casing 520, the rail member 810 is placed. The recessed section portion 719 of the rail member mounting portion is also not deformed, and therefore, the cartridge 520 can be stably taken in and out, and a highly reliable refrigerator or machine can be obtained.

In addition, in the 24th and 25th drawings, the inner box recess 717 can accommodate the rail At least a part of the member 810 (for example, the rail support portion 820 or the like) or all of the members 810 can reduce the amount of protrusion of the rail member 810 toward the storage chamber side, and therefore, the volume in the storage chamber can be increased, and the box 520 can also be added. Volume.

In Figures 24 and 25, the inner box 750 is viewed from the side of the storage compartment. In the case of the outer casing 710 on the recessed inner box recess 717, an example of the reinforcing member 731 is provided. However, in the twenty-fifth view, when the inner box 750 is viewed from the storage chamber side, the protruding inner box convex portion 727 is protruded. An example of the reinforcing member 731 is provided on the outer casing 710 side. In the drawing, the inner box 750 of the side wall 790 is formed, and the rail portion 755 protrudes toward the storage chamber side to form an inner box convex portion 727. The inner box convex portion 727 has a convex portion portion upper portion 728 and a convex portion portion lower portion 729, and is formed into a convex shape by the convex portion portion upper portion 728 and the convex portion portion lower portion 729.

In Fig. 26, the inner box convex portion 727 is viewed from the side of the outer box 710 In the recessed portion shape, the reinforcing member 731 is accommodated in the recessed portion of the inner box convex portion 727 formed on the outer casing 710 side (accommodating at least a part or all), and is supplemented by the convex portion The vertical member 731 is positioned in the vertical direction or the lateral direction. Further, by accommodating at least a part or all of the reinforcing member 731 in the concave portion formed on the outer casing 710 side of the inner box convex portion 727, the amount of protrusion of the reinforcing member 731 to the outer case 710 side can be reduced, and therefore, When the heat insulating material 701 such as polyurethane is filled between the vacuum heat insulating material 400 (or the outer case 710) and the inner case 750, the width of the polyurethane flow path can be suppressed (in vacuum insulation) The thickness R of the heat insulating material 701 such as polyurethane between the material 400 and the reinforcing member 731 is narrowed, so that the polyurethane does not easily flow. Therefore, the thickness of the heat insulating material 701 such as polyurethane between the vacuum heat insulating material 400 and the reinforcing member 731 can be sufficiently ensured without impeding the flow of the heat insulating material 701 such as polyurethane. Therefore, it is possible to suppress the decrease in the holding strength of the reinforcing member 731 or the fixing or holding strength of the fixing member 735 such as a screw.

In addition, the rail support portion 820 is bonded and used as a rail member. The rail 812 below the fixed rail of the 810 is formed integrally, and therefore, the rail member 810 is easily assembled to the rail portion 755 of the inner box 750. Further, the rail support portion 820 is placed on the partition wall 24 or the bottom surface portion 780 provided between the storage compartments, the rail member 810 is positioned at a position that does not move downward, and the partition wall 24 or the bottom surface portion 780 is A fixing portion that fixes or holds the rail supporting portion 820 with a screw or the like is provided, and is fixed or held by the fixing portion (movement suppressing portion) to suppress the upward movement or the lateral direction of the rail supporting portion 820 or the rail member 810. Here, the vacuum heat insulating material 400 is provided in the partition wall 24 or the bottom surface portion 780.

Track member 810, which is attached to inner box 750 in Figures 24 and 25 The outer case 710 side of the inner box recess 717 is provided on the outer case 710 side of the inner case convex portion 727 in Fig. 26, but the track member 810 is not provided in the inner case recess 717 or The box convex portion 727 may be provided in a flat portion of the inner box 750 as shown in Fig. 27.

In FIG. 27, the rail member 810 is provided on the rail portion of the inner box 750. 755, and the rail portion 755 is fixed to the flat surface of the inner box 750 by a fixing member 735 such as a screw. In addition, a reinforcing member 731 is provided on the surface of the rail portion 755 on the outer casing 710 side, and the reinforcing member 701 is fixed or fixed by the heat insulating material 701 such as polyurethane filled between the vacuum heat insulating material 400 and the vacuum heat insulating material 400. 731. At this time, the reinforcing member 731 is filled or fixed to the inner case 750 while being adhered or fixed to the inner case 750 by the second adhesive such as hot-melt or double-sided tape. The side of the outer box 710 side.

In Fig. 27, as in the case of Figs. 24 to 26, the density of the heat insulating material 701 such as polyurethane is more than 60 kg/m ³ , and therefore, the holding strength or fixing strength of the fixing member 735 such as a reinforcing screw is enhanced. And inhibit the screw from loosening or falling off. In addition, the holding strength or the fixing strength of the reinforcing member 731 is enhanced, and occurrence of positional displacement of the reinforcing member 731, deformation of the screw due to positional displacement, or deformation of the rail portion 755 of the inner box 750 can be suppressed. And get a reliable refrigerator or machine.

Filled with the vacuum heat insulating material 400 and the rail portion 755 of the inner box 750 The thickness P of the heat insulating material 701 such as a polyurethane is set to be 11 mm or less (for example, 10 mm or less), and is preferably 6 mm or less. Therefore, the heat insulating material 701 such as polyurethane can be added. The modulus of elasticity is bent to increase the strength of the case 700 or the refrigerator 1. In addition, the thickness R of the heat insulating material 701 such as polyurethane filled in the reinforcing member 731 and the vacuum heat insulating material 400 is set to be smaller than the predetermined thickness P, for example, 6 mm or less, so that the strength can be further improved.

Further, in Fig. 27, the end portion (e.g., the lower end) of the rail portion 755 of the inner box 750 forms a protruding portion 757 in which the inner box 750 protrudes toward the storage chamber side, and the rail supporting portion 820 of the rail member 810 is placed thereon. The upper surface of the protrusion 757. The protruding length of the protruding portion 757 in the width direction of the storage chamber side is set to be smaller than the protruding length in the width direction of the rail member 810, and is less protruded into the storage chamber than the rail member 810, thereby suppressing The storage chamber volume or the volume of the box becomes small.

Further, since the rail supporting portion 820 is integrally formed with the rail lower rail 812 as the rail member 810 by the welding, the rail member 810 is easily assembled to the rail portion 755 of the inner box 750. Further, the rail supporting portion 820 is placed on the upper surface side of the protruding portion 757 formed at the end (lower end) of the rail portion 755, and the rail member 810 is positioned so as not to move downward, and in the protruding portion 757 On the upper side, a fixing portion that fixes or holds the rail supporting portion 820 with a screw or the like is provided, and is fixed or held by the fixing portion (movement suppressing portion) to suppress upward or lateral movement of the rail supporting portion 820 or the rail member 810. .

Here, in FIGS. 24 and 26, the rail portion 755 is disposed in the vicinity of the partition wall 24 or the bottom wall 780, and therefore, the rail member 810 is installed in the vicinity of the partition wall 24 or the bottom wall 780 in the height direction of the box 520. The lower position is supported, and it is preferable to increase the mounting strength of the rail member 810. However, in the 25th and 27th views, the rail portion 755 and the partition wall 24 or the bottom wall 780 have a predetermined distance G, so that the rail can be The member 810 is attached to the upper portion of the partition wall 24 or the bottom wall 780 by a predetermined distance G. Therefore, the support position of the case 520 can be set at the upper portion, and the entry and exit of the case can be smoothly performed. In addition, since the length of the box supporting portion 830 of the rail member 810 can be shortened, the strength can be improved, and the low level can be obtained. This track material, refrigerator.

Here, a step portion 525 may be provided on the side wall of the case 520, The box support portion 830 of the track member 810 supports the box step portion 525. Thereby, the case 520 can be easily supported. In addition, it may be supported below or below the height direction of the box 520 (for example, at least 1/2 of the height of the box 520 (at a position better than 1/3), but if it is supported as the bottom of the bottom wall of the lowermost box) There is no need to provide the box step portion 525 in the box 520, making the box 520 easy to manufacture.

The polyurethane between the inner case 750 and the vacuum heat insulating material 400 (or the outer case 710) which is formed at the end portion (track portion protruding portion) 757 which protrudes toward the storage chamber side as the rail mounting portion is filled. When the density of the heat insulating material 701 (for example, a rigid polyurethane foam) such as an ester is 60 kg/m ³ or more, the strength of the rail portion end portion 757 serving as the rail member mounting portion is increased, so that even The box 520 accommodates the weight, and the rail portion end portion 757 of the rail member mounting portion on which the rail member 810 is placed is not deformed, so that the box 520 can be stably inserted and received, and a highly reliable refrigerator or machine can be obtained. .

Here, the track member 810 may not be disposed on the side wall 790. A partition wall (including a partition wall provided between the storage compartment and the storage compartment and forming a partition wall 24 or a bottom wall 780 or a top wall 740 on the bottom or upper surface of the storage compartment) may be provided in the storage compartment provided with the rail member 810. . That is, the rail support portion 820 supporting the rail member 810 may be disposed (also may be placed) on the partition wall (including the partition wall 24 or the top wall 740 or the bottom wall 780). As described above, if the rail supporting portion 820 supporting the rail member 810 is disposed in the partition wall 24 of the storage chamber, it is not necessary to provide the fixing member 735 on the side wall 790, and therefore, the thickness of the vacuum heat insulating material 400 disposed on the side wall can be increased. In addition, it is possible to reduce the filling in the side wall 790 in the vacuum The thickness of the heat insulating material 701 such as polyurethane between the heat insulating material 400 and the inner box 750. Therefore, the volume in the storage compartment or the volume of the cartridge 520 can be increased.

Here, when the rail support portion 820 is provided in the partition wall, the vacuum heat insulating material 400 may not be disposed at the partition wall 24 or the bottom wall 780 or the top surface wall 740 at the position where the fixed member 735 is provided. In addition, when a reinforcing member of a fixing member such as a fixing screw is provided at a position where the fixing member 735 is provided, the fixing strength or the holding strength of the fixing member is improved. In addition, in the case where a vacuum polyurethane foam or a heat insulating material such as foamed styrene is filled or coated or disposed between the vacuum heat insulating material 400 and the outer peripheral member forming the partition wall, if the heat insulating material such as rigid polyurethane foam or foamed styrene is used, When the density of the hot material is more than 60 kg/m ³ , the fixing or fixing strength of the fixed member or the reinforcing member that fixes or holds the rail member 810 is improved, thereby improving reliability.

In the above description, the case where the rail portion 755 of the inner box 750 is fixed by screws or the like from the storage chamber side (the screw head as the screw of the fixed member 735 is provided in the storage chambers 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, and the fixed member 735) The screw portion is provided between the rail portion 755 of the inner box 750 and the vacuum heat insulating material 400. However, the screw 735 of the fixed member may be fixed from the inner side of the side wall 790 and protruded to the storage chambers 2, 3. In the case of 4, 5, and 6, in this case, the screw head is disposed between the vacuum heat insulating material 400 and the rail portion 755 of the inner box 750 (the screw portion is fixed to the rail portion 755 or the rail reinforcing member 731 or the polyurethane) In the case of the heat insulating material 701) such as an acid ester, in which case the density of the polyurethane is also more than 60 kg/m ³ , the strength of the polyurethane 701 is increased, and the fixing member 735 such as a screw and the like are aggregated. In the heat insulating material 701 such as a urethane, the heat insulating material 701 such as the inner box 750 and the polyurethane, the fixing strength or the holding strength of the heat insulating material 701 is increased, so that the deformation of the inner box or the like or the position of the reinforcing member 731 can be suppressed. The offset or the looseness of the screw allows the case 520 and the like to be smoothly pulled out (to be smoothly accessed).

In the form of the present invention, and the side wall 790 is provided with a track member The thickness of the foamed heat insulating material (for example, rigid polyurethane foam) between the inner box 750 and the vacuum heat insulating material 400 at the position opposite to the position is set to be 11 mm or less (especially less than 10 mm), whereby Since the flexural modulus of the polyurethane can be increased, the wall thickness can be made thin while maintaining the strength of the wall. In addition, the thickness of the foamed heat insulating material (for example, rigid polyurethane foam) between the inner box 750 and the vacuum heat insulating material 400 at the position of the side wall 790 where the rail member is disposed is set at Since the bending elastic modulus of the polyurethane can be further increased by about 6 mm or less, the wall thickness can be made thin while maintaining the wall strength.

In addition, by the thickness of the foamed heat insulating material / (foaming heat insulation material When the thickness + the thickness of the vacuum heat insulating material is set to 0.3 or less, the composite heat conductivity of the composite member in which the foamed heat insulating material and the vacuum heat insulating material are combined can be reduced, so that the heat insulating property can be improved even if the wall thickness is reduced. .

Further, by making the density after foaming of the polyurethane more than 60 kg/m ³ , the wall thickness can be made thin while maintaining the strength of the wall.

As described above, in the embodiment of the present invention, a foamed heat insulating material (for example, a rigid polyurethane) between the inner box 750 and the vacuum heat insulating material 400 at a position facing the portion of the side wall 790 where the rail member is disposed is provided. The thickness of the foamed plastic is set to about 11 mm or less (especially less than 10 mm), and the thickness of the foamed heat insulating material / (thickness of the foamed heat insulating material + thickness of the vacuum heat insulating material) is set to 0.3 or less. When the density after foaming of the polyurethane is more than 60 kg/m ³ , the wall thickness can be made thin while maintaining the strength of the wall. Here, in the above formula, the thickness of the foamed heat insulating material is the thickness of the polyurethane. Therefore, the thickness of the foamed heat insulating material may be filled in the rail portion 755 of the vacuum heat insulating material 400 and the inner box 750. The thickness P of the heat insulating material 701 such as a polyurethane or the thickness Q of the heat insulating material 701 such as polyurethane filled between the vacuum heat insulating material 400 and the inner box 750, or filling The thickness R of the heat insulating material 701 such as polyurethane of the reinforcing member 731 and the vacuum heat insulating material 400. For example, when the thickness R of the heat insulating material 701 such as polyurethane between the reinforcing member 731 and the vacuum heat insulating material 400 is used as the thickness of the foam heat insulating material, the thickness R/ of the foam heat insulating material is set. (The thickness of the foamed heat insulating material R + the thickness of the vacuum heat insulating material) may be set to 0.3 or less. Similarly, when P or Q is used as the thickness, the thickness R may be replaced by P or Q. Further, the thickness of the polyurethane shown in Figs. 17, 18, and 19 may be a heat insulating material such as polyurethane filled between the vacuum heat insulating material 400 and the rail portion 755 of the inner box 750. The thickness P of 701, the thickness Q of the heat insulating material 701 such as polyurethane filled between the vacuum heat insulating material 400 and the inner box 750, and the polyurethane filled in the reinforcing member 731 and the vacuum heat insulating material 400 The thickness R of the heat insulating material 701 such as an acid ester.

In addition, if the vacuum heat insulating material 400 uses a bending elastic modulus of 20 MPa In the above, the wall thickness can be further reduced. Here, the rail member is not fixed to the side wall 790, and it may be fixed to the bottom wall 780 near the side wall 790 or the partition wall 24 or the upper wall (top wall) 740 of the bottom surface or the partition wall 24 above. Here, in the case where the vacuum heat insulating material 400 is not disposed between the inner box 750 and the outer box 710 facing the fixed member of the screw or the like, the bottom wall 780 of the fixed member or the lower partition wall 24 is provided. Or the top wall 740 or the upper partition wall 24 is preferably a wall or a partition wall that does not contact the outside atmosphere. Minimize the wall that is in contact with the outside atmosphere (eg, side wall 790, top wall 740, back wall 730, bottom wall 780, etc.) When the portion of the vacuum heat insulating material 400 is provided, the loss due to heat leakage can be reduced, so that a high-performance heat insulating box, a refrigerator, and a machine can be obtained. Thereby, the arrangement area of the intermediate vacuum heat insulating material 400 of the back wall 730 and the side wall 790 can be increased, and therefore the coverage or the filling rate of the vacuum heat insulating material 400 in the heat insulating box 700 can be increased.

Here, the heat insulating box 700 in the first embodiment is different from The rigid polyurethane foam in the heat insulating box 700 is mainly provided with the technical idea of heat insulation function, but based on the portion in which the vacuum heat insulating material 400 is disposed, the vacuum heat insulating material 400 is responsible for providing the partition. New technical ideas for thermal performance and box strength. Therefore, in the heat insulating box 700 of the first embodiment, the filling rate of the vacuum heat insulating material 400 formed in the inner wall space 315 between the inner box 750 and the outer box 710 (the volume of the vacuum heat insulating material 400 is relatively The ratio of the total volume of the inner wall space 315 formed between the inner box 750 and the outer box 710 is a predetermined value (for example, 40% or more (45% or more is preferable)) or more. Here, the filling rate of the vacuum heat insulating material 400 also includes the filling rate of the door piece, which is the volume of the vacuum heat insulating material 400 relative to the outer panel of the door piece and the inner panel of the door piece forming the outer periphery of the door piece. The ratio of the volume of the space inside the door piece.

In the past, vacuum insulation was configured to be relative to the outer casing 710 or The surface area ratio (coverage ratio) of the vacuum heat insulating material 400 of the surface area of the tank 750 is within a predetermined range irrespective of the influence of the thickness of the vacuum heat insulating material 400, and therefore, the thickness of the hard polyurethane is made larger than the vacuum partition. The thickness of the hot material 400, while the rigid polyurethane provides the strength of the heat insulating box. In the past, the coverage of the vacuum heat insulating material 400 was increased to improve the heat insulating performance of the box, but the filling rate of the vacuum heat insulating material 400 was not increased to improve the heat insulating performance and the strength of the box. Therefore, there was a vacuum. The filling rate of the heat insulating material 400 is low (for example, the filling rate in the past refrigerator is 20%) without increasing the heat insulating performance, and the strength of the box is provided by the rigid polyurethane. In the present embodiment, the vacuum heat insulating material 400 is disposed based on the consideration of the filling rate in consideration of the thickness of the vacuum heat insulating material 400. Therefore, the heat insulating performance is not improved as in the past. The filling rate of the vacuum heat insulating material 400 is set to a predetermined value (for example, 40% or more), whereby the heat insulating performance can be improved, and the wall thickness can be made thinner while satisfying the strength of the case and the heat insulating performance, and can be increased. The volume in the storage compartment can set the required storage volume of the product above a predetermined capacity. That is, since the length, the width, the thickness, and the arrangement position of the vacuum heat insulating material 400 can be appropriately set, the wall thickness can be reduced, and the volume in the storage chamber can be increased in accordance with the decrease in the wall thickness.

Thus, the filling rate of the vacuum heat insulating material 400 in the space 315 The increase is larger than in the past, and the heat insulating performance can be increased to be higher than in the past. Therefore, even if the wall thickness of the heat insulating box 700 is reduced to be thinner than in the past, the heat insulating performance of the same degree or more as in the past can be ensured.

(Other components of the first air passage module)

As described above, in the embodiment of the present invention, the length of the first air passage module 762 which forms a part of the cold air passage 760 shown in, for example, the fourth, fifth, sixth, and eighth drawings is smaller than the width of the recess 440. The width is fixed or fixed to the convex portion 450 or the second concave portion 441 or the protruding portion 910 forming the second concave portion 441 by a fixing member such as a screw, a hook structure, or a concave-convex fitting structure. Here, the width direction of the first air passage assembly 762 forming a portion of the cold air passage 760 may be extended to the inner surface of the side wall 790 to cover a portion of the rear wall 730 or the side wall 790, and the first portion will be The air passage component 762 is configured by a fixed member or a hook or a concave-convex fit The structure or the like is held or fixed to the inner surface of the side wall 790. Needless to say, the first air passage module 762 may be held or fixed to the inner surface of the side wall 790 by a fixing member such as a screw or a hook structure or a concave-convex fitting structure, and the protrusion portion 910, the concave portion 440, and the convex portion. Department 450 and so on.

In addition, if a part of the first air path of the cold air path 760 is to be formed The length of the assembly 762 extends in the width direction to the inner surface of the side wall 790 so as not to cover the second recess 441, but also covers at least a part or all of the recess 440 and the projection 450, so that the first air passage assembly 762 can be disposed. As a design panel, it is possible to cover at least a part or all of the back wall of the chamber (for example, the storage compartment) or the inner surface of the side wall, and to cover a part of the back or side of the first air passage assembly 762. material. Therefore, when the supply port for supplying the cold air from the cold air passage 760 to the room is provided in the first air passage module 762, the degree of freedom of arrangement can be improved, and the stored articles in the room can be efficiently cooled, and Since the first air passage module 762 uses another member different from the inner box 750, it is possible to easily change the shape or color, perform various types of processing, drawing, writing, and the like, thereby improving the functionality or design. When the first air passage module is also used as a cover member as a cover member, it is formed in a substantially U-shape to form at least a portion of the inner surface of the rear wall 730 and the side wall 790 of the chamber, or the inner surface of the cover wall. All right. In this case, when the illuminating device (in-house lighting) 900 is disposed on the top surface wall 740 or the bottom surface wall 780 of the forming chamber, when the first air path assembly 762 as the covering member is extended to the side wall 790, When the illuminating device 900 is provided on the inner surface of the side wall 790, it is not necessary to provide an opening for notching the first air passage module 762 in which the illuminating device 900 is provided. Therefore, it is easy to be a design panel as a covering member. (the first air path component 762) can be reduced in shape The heat insulation box, the refrigerator, and the machine. Here, the design panel as the covering member may be formed to cover at least a portion of the top surface wall 740 and the back surface wall 730 of the forming chamber, or the inner surface side of the wall surface.

(thickness of polyurethane, filling rate of vacuum insulation)

Here, the relationship between the filling rate of the vacuum heat insulating material 400 and the strength of the casing will be described. Figure 15 is a graph showing the relationship between density and thermal conductivity of a rigid polyurethane foam, and Figure 16 is a graph showing the density and flexural modulus of a rigid polyurethane foam, and Figure 17 is a graph showing Figure 18 is a graph showing the relationship between the thickness of a polyurethane foam filled with a rigid polyurethane foam and the thermal conductivity of a polyurethane foam, and Figure 18 is a graph showing the filling of a rigid polyurethane. A graph of the relationship between the thickness of the polyurethane foam and the flexural modulus of the polyurethane foam in the case of a foam. In the fifteenth to eighteenth drawings, the test results in a dummy structure in which a rigid polyurethane is filled between two surfaces having a predetermined gap (flow path) and foamed, and one of the flow paths is used. The surface is a steel sheet as the first material (for example, a coated steel sheet forming the outer casing 710 which is a vacuum heat insulating material or the outer casing of the heat insulating box 700 of the refrigerator 1), and the other surface of the flow path is the second surface. The resin of the material (for example, ABS (synthetic resin of Acrylonitrile Butadiene Styrene) or EPS (foamed plastic) used in the inner case 750).

Figure 15, the horizontal axis represents the density (kg/m ³ ) of the rigid polyurethane foam, and the vertical axis represents the thermal conductivity (W/(m‧ k)) of the rigid polyurethane foam. . Further, in Fig. 16, the horizontal axis represents the density (kg/m ³ ) of the rigid polyurethane foam, and the vertical axis represents the flexural modulus (MPa) of the rigid polyurethane foam. In Fig. 17, the horizontal axis represents the flow path thickness (mm) of the rigid polyurethane foam, and the vertical axis represents the thermal conductivity (W/(m‧ k)) of the rigid polyurethane foam. . In Fig. 18, the horizontal axis represents the flow path thickness (mm) of the rigid polyurethane foam filled, and the vertical axis represents the bending elastic modulus (MPa) of the rigid polyurethane foam. Here, the thickness of the flow path filled with the rigid polyurethane foam is a rigid polyurethane foam in which the rigid polyurethane foam in the flow path is filled and in a foamed state. thickness.

According to Figures 15 and 16, a rigid polyurethane foam has a higher thermal conductivity and a bending elastic modulus when the density is larger, and a smaller thermal conductivity and a bending elastic modulus when the density is smaller. That is, density and thermal conductivity or density and flexural modulus are almost proportional.

According to Figures 17 and 18, a rigid polyurethane foam filled with polyurethane has a flow path thickness (or a polyurethane that is filled and foamed in a rigid polyurethane foam in the flow path) The smaller the thickness of the formate, the greater the thermal conductivity and the greater the flexural modulus. Therefore, the thicker the polyurethane after foaming in the flow path, the smaller the thermal conductivity and the higher the heat insulating performance, but the bending elastic modulus is smaller and the strength is lowered. Therefore, when the thickness of the polyurethane is reduced and the wall thickness is made thin, the bending elastic modulus is increased and there is no problem in strength, but the thermal conductivity is excessively increased and the heat insulating performance is deteriorated, so that the polymerization cannot be made. The thickness of the carbamate is below a certain level (for example 15 mm).

Here, in the 17th and 18th drawings, when the thickness of the flow path filled with the polyurethane (or the thickness of the polyurethane after foaming in the flow path) is narrowed, the density becomes large, and when the density becomes When it is large, as shown in Fig. 15, the general thermal conductivity becomes large and the heat insulating performance is deteriorated. Here, as shown in Figure 17, the polyurethane filled When the thickness of the flow path (or the thickness of the polyurethane after foaming in the flow path) is less than or equal to a predetermined thickness (for example, 11 mm), the thermal conductivity is rapidly increased and the heat insulating performance is deteriorated. The rigid polyurethane foam is foamed between the first member and the second member forming the polyurethane flow path, and is cured in a state of being adhered to the first member and the second member. However, at this time, the polyurethane forms a core layer, and a boundary layer called a surface layer on both sides (the first member side and the second member side) of the core layer.

Figures 23A and 23B show the foaming of rigid polyurethane foam FIG. 23A is a schematic view showing a cross section of the first member (inner case 750) and the second member (outer case 710) filled with a rigid polyurethane foam 701A. FIG. 23B is a view showing the first structure (the vacuum insulation material 400) between the first member member (the inner box 750) and the second member member (the outer box 710). A schematic view of a cross section when a rigid polyurethane foam 701A is filled between a material and a third member.

In Fig. 23A, there is foaming between the first member member and the second member member. The heat insulating wall of the filled polyurethane is a first member (for example, the inner case 750), the first skin 701B, the core layer 701C, the second skin 701D, and the second member (for example, the outer case 710). The order is composed. On the other hand, as shown in Fig. 23B, when the vacuum heat insulating material 400 is disposed between the first member (the inner box 750) and the second member (the outer box 710) as the third member, the partition is separated. The hot wall is a first member (for example, the inner case 750), the first skin 701B, the core layer 701C, the second surface layer 701D, the third member (vacuum heat insulating material 400), the second adhesive 715, and the second structure. The order of the materials (for example, the outer box 710) is constructed. Further, the first surface layer 701B, the core layer 701C, and the second surface layer 701D constitute a rigid polyurethane foam 701A.

The surface layer is formed near the first member or near the second member or the third member In the vicinity of the material, the thickness of the channel of the polyurethane (the thickness of the polyurethane) is small in the range of 20 mm to 30 mm in the past, and the thickness of the surface layer is small relative to the thickness of the core layer. The influence on density, thermal conductivity, and the like is small, but when the thickness of the polyurethane is less than or equal to a predetermined thickness (for example, 11 mm), the ratio of the thickness of the surface layer becomes large with respect to the thickness of the core layer. The influence of the density, thermal conductivity, and flexural modulus of the polyurethane is rapidly increased, so that the density, thermal conductivity, and flexural modulus are rapidly increased. Therefore, the thermal insulation performance is rapidly deteriorated. Further, as shown in Fig. 18, the flexural modulus of the polyurethane is also rapidly increased due to an increase in the density of the polyurethane.

Therefore, in the past, when the thickness of the polyurethane became small, it was bent. Although the elastic modulus is increased and the strength is increased, the thermal conductivity of the polyurethane is increased to deteriorate the heat insulating performance. Therefore, the thickness of the polyurethane cannot be reduced and it is used in the range of 15 to 30 mm. In the past, based on the idea that polyurethane is the main heat insulating material and the vacuum heat insulating material is an auxiliary heat insulating material, the heat insulating performance of the polyurethane heat insulating material does not deteriorate. The thickness of the polyurethane is determined internally, and it is ensured to have a thickness of 15 mm to 20 mm even in a narrow portion.

However, in this embodiment, it is based on vacuum insulation materials. The heat insulating material and the vacuum insulation material are used to maintain the strength of the casing to form the heat insulating wall. Therefore, the hard polyurethane having the vacuum heat insulating material is not required to have heat insulating properties, so There is no problem even if it is below a predetermined thickness (for example, 11 mm or 6 mm), and the thinner the bending elastic modulus is, the better the strength of the casing is. When the predetermined thickness is 11mm or less, relative to The influence of the thickness of the surface layer of the core layer is large, the thermal conductivity is rapidly increased, and the heat insulating performance is rapidly lowered. Therefore, in the past, it has been difficult to make the thickness of the rigid polyurethane foam 11 mm or less. In the past, regarding the thickness of the rigid polyurethane foam, even if the predetermined value can be reduced to 11 mm or less in a small local range, it is difficult to reduce the average thickness to 11 mm or less. Further, when the predetermined thickness is 6 mm or less, the influence on the thickness of the surface layer of the core layer is greater, and the heat insulating performance is further deteriorated. Therefore, it has been difficult to use in the past. However, in the present embodiment, vacuum insulation is provided. The material 400 provides the heat insulating property of the heat insulating box 700, and therefore, there is no problem even if the thickness of the polyurethane is thinned. Therefore, in the present embodiment, the thickness of the rigid polyurethane foam is set to 11 mm or less (preferably less than 10 mm), whereby the flexural modulus of the rigid polyurethane foam can be increased and the flexural modulus can be increased. The strength (rigidity) of the case 700. Further, when the thickness of the rigid polyurethane foam is set to 6 mm or less, the flexural modulus of the rigid polyurethane foam can be increased, so that the strength (rigidity) of the casing 700 is further increased.

In addition, in the portion where the vacuum heat insulating material 400 is not disposed, it is possible to The thickness of the polyurethane is formed to be thicker (the amount of the vacuum heat insulating material is increased (for example, about 15 mm to 30 mm)), and therefore, the thickness of the polyurethane can be ensured to be about 20 mm to 40. The range in which the thermal conductivity of the polyurethane is rapidly increased (the thickness of the polyurethane is 11 mm or less) can be used, and the degree of increase in the thermal conductivity of the polyurethane (inclination) can be small (for example, poly Since the thickness of the urethane is, for example, in the range of 15 mm or more, even if the thickness unevenness of the polyurethane is considered, the heat insulating performance of the polyurethane can be ensured to be equal to or less than a predetermined value. Therefore, it is possible to simultaneously satisfy the heat insulation Both the strength of the case 700 and the heat insulating performance of the heat insulating box 700 are both.

Here, the first surface of one side of the polyurethane flow path is used. The member is made of a resin (for example, ABS (Acrylonitrile Butadiene Synthetic Resin) EPS (resin of foamed plastic) used in the inner case 750), and the other side of the flow path is made of aluminum as a vacuum insulation material. A vapor deposition film or a steel sheet such as a coated steel sheet (PCM) forming the outer casing 710.

Next, the portion in which the vacuum heat insulating material 400 is disposed (for example, concave In the portion 440 or the second recess 441 or the like, the thickness of the heat insulating wall having the foamed polyurethane and the vacuum heat insulating material 400 (the thickness of the vacuum heat insulating material + the thickness of the polyurethane) The ratio of the thickness of the polyurethane (=polyurethane thickness / (thickness of polyurethane + thickness of vacuum insulation)) and composite thermal conductivity (vacuum insulation and polyurethane) The relationship between the thermal conductivity of the insulating wall of the ester combination).

Figure 19 shows the wall thickness (thickness between the inner walls of the wall) In the case of 27 mm, the relationship between the ratio of the thickness of the polyurethane to the thickness of the heat insulating material in which the vacuum heat insulating material and the polyurethane are combined, and the composite heat conductivity. In Fig. 19, the horizontal axis represents the ratio of the thickness of the polyurethane to the thickness of the heat insulating material combined with the vacuum heat insulating material and the polyurethane, that is, the thickness of the urethane / ( The thickness of the polyurethane + the thickness of the vacuum heat insulating material), and the vertical axis is the composite thermal conductivity (thermal conductivity of the vacuum heat insulating material and the polyurethane combination). Here, the sum of the thickness of the urethane and the thickness of the vacuum heat insulating material (that is, the thickness of the polyurethane + the thickness of the vacuum heat insulating material) is taken as the thickness in the wall.

According to Figure 19, when the thickness of the polyurethane is relative to the thickness of the wall When the thickness of the acid ester is small, the composite thermal conductivity becomes small and the heat insulating performance is improved. Here, the composite thermal conductivity means a thermal conductivity of a composite member in which a vacuum heat insulating material and a polyurethane are combined. In the figure, the thickness of the polyurethane/thickness of the wall is changed by 0.3, and the polyurethane is compared with the thickness of the polyurethane/thickness of the wall of more than 0.3. When the thickness/in-wall thickness is 0.3 or less, the inclination is small and the ratio of the composite thermal conductivity is small. The figure is a test confirmation when the thickness in the wall is constant. Therefore, the smaller the ratio of the thickness of the polyurethane/thickness in the wall, the smaller the thickness of the polyurethane, and conversely, the vacuum insulation material. The thickness is larger, and therefore, the ratio of the thickness of the vacuum heat insulating material with respect to the thickness of the wall becomes large. That is, when the thickness of the polyurethane with respect to the thickness in the wall becomes small, the ratio of the thickness of the vacuum heat insulating material with respect to the thickness of the polyurethane increases. In the figure, when the thickness of the polyurethane/the thickness in the wall is 0.6, the thickness of the polyurethane is larger than the thickness of the vacuum heat insulating material, and therefore, the thermal conductivity of the polyurethane is for the composite heat conductivity ( The influence of the thermal conductivity of the vacuum heat insulating material and the polyurethane combination is large, and the composite heat conductivity is increased (the heat insulating property is poor). When the thickness/in-wall thickness of the polyurethane is made small, the ratio of the thickness of the vacuum heat insulating material relative to the thickness of the polyurethane is increased, and therefore, the thermal conductivity of the vacuum heat insulating material is for the composite heat conductivity. The image is larger than the thermal conductivity of the polyurethane, and as a result, the polyurethane becomes smaller as the thickness of the urethane/(the thickness of the polyurethane + the thickness of the vacuum heat insulating material) becomes smaller. The thermal conductivity (composite thermal conductivity) of the composite member combined with the vacuum heat insulating material is lowered. Here, the thickness of the urethane/(thickness of the polyurethane + the thickness of the vacuum heat insulating material) is 0.3, and the thermal conductivity of the vacuum heat insulating material is larger than that of the polyurethane for the image of the composite heat conductivity. Effect of thermal conductivity Therefore, the reduction ratio of the composite thermal conductivity is large, and the smaller the thickness of the polyurethane/(the thickness of the polyurethane + the thickness of the vacuum heat insulating material), the smaller the composite thermal conductivity and the higher the heat insulating performance.

However, the ratio of the thickness of the polyurethane to the thickness in the wall The rate (i.e., the thickness of the urethane/(thickness of the polyurethane + the thickness of the vacuum heat insulating material)) is less than about 0.3, the inclination of the decrease in the composite thermal conductivity is changed, and the inclination of the composite thermal conductivity is lowered. The rate becomes smaller (the ratio of the decrease in the composite thermal conductivity becomes smaller). This is because the ratio of the thickness of the polyurethane to the thickness in the wall (that is, the thickness of the polyurethane/thickness in the wall) becomes small, and therefore, relative to the composite member (polyurethane and vacuum) The heat insulating properties of the material of the heat insulating material combination and the heat insulating performance of the vacuum heat insulating material are mainly dominant, and the heat insulating property of the polyurethane has little influence on the heat insulating performance of the composite material. Therefore, in the present embodiment, in the heat insulating wall formed of the composite member (the heat insulating member formed by abutting the polyurethane and the vacuum heat insulating material), the thickness of the polyurethane is set so that When the thickness of the polyurethane/thickness in the wall is 0.3 or less, the ratio of the decrease in the heat insulating property becomes small, and therefore, even if the thickness of the polyurethane or the thickness of the vacuum heat insulating material is uneven, It is therefore preferable to reduce the unevenness of the heat insulating performance. Conversely, the thickness/in-wall thickness of the vacuum heat insulating material can be set to 0.7 or more.

Therefore, if the thickness of the polyurethane is set to make the polyamino group When the thickness of the formate or the thickness in the wall is about 0.3 or less, the composite thermal conductivity can be reduced, and the heat insulating performance of the composite member can be greatly improved. In addition, considering the thickness unevenness of the polyurethane (or the thickness unevenness of the vacuum heat insulating material), the thickness of the polyurethane/the thickness in the wall is set to be 0.3 or less, even if the polyurethane is The thickness of the acid ester or the thickness of the vacuum insulation material is uneven, and the compound can also be suppressed. Since the heat insulating performance of the member material is lowered and the composite heat conductivity of the composite member is uneven, it is possible to obtain a heat insulating wall having high reliability and high performance, a heat insulating box, a refrigerator, a machine, and the like.

Fig. 20 is a diagram showing the filling rate of the vacuum heat insulating material (the ratio of the volume of the vacuum heat insulating material 400 with respect to the volume of the inner wall space 315) and the interval when the load (load) is applied to the heat insulating box 700. A diagram of the relationship of the amount of deformation of the hot case. In Fig. 20, the horizontal axis represents the filling rate of the vacuum heat insulating material, and the vertical axis represents the amount of deformation of the heat insulating box. Here, the filling ratio of the vacuum heat insulating material is a ratio (ratio) of the volume of the vacuum heat insulating material 400 to the volume of the inner wall space 315, and the amount of deformation of the heat insulating box is, for example, in the refrigerator 1 or the like. In the case of the heat insulating box, in the state of the door piece, a predetermined load is applied in a horizontal direction (a horizontal direction, a left-right direction when the front opening portion is viewed from the front side) at a height of about 1/4 from the upper surface of the side surface of the casing. In the case of the calculation of the amount of deformation in the left-right direction (lateral direction) of the upper end position of the side wall 790 of the casing 700, the amount of deformation when the filling factor of the vacuum heat insulating material 400 is 20% is 1. Figure 20 is a diagram showing the coverage of the vacuum insulation material (for example, 65%), the density of the polyurethane (for example, 60 kg/m ³ ), the flexural modulus of the polyurethane (for example, 9 MPa), and vacuum. The bending elastic modulus of the heat insulating material (for example, 15 MPa), the thickness of the composite member (for example, 28 mm), and the wall thickness (for example, 30 mm) of the thickness of the outer box and the inner box are constant, and the thickness of the vacuum heat insulating material is changed. The result of changing the filling rate of the vacuum insulation material.

In Figure 20, if the filling rate of the vacuum insulation material is larger, the box The smaller the amount of body deformation. This is because the flexural modulus of the vacuum heat insulating material is greater than the flexural modulus of the polyurethane, and therefore, the ratio of the volume of the vacuum heat insulating material relative to the volume of the polyurethane in the heat insulating box. Increase, vacuum insulation The influence of the bending elastic modulus becomes large to increase the rigidity of the casing 700. When the filling rate of the vacuum heat insulating material 400 is 40% or more, the ratio of reduction in the amount of deformation of the casing becomes extremely small, and the amount of deformation of the casing of the vacuum heat insulating material is hardly changed. This is because the degree of influence of the vacuum insulation material 400 on the strength of the casing (box deformation) is almost saturated.

The vacuum elastic material 400 has a flexural modulus higher than that of the rigid polyurethane The acid ester foam, therefore, by increasing the ratio (ratio) of the volume of the vacuum heat insulating material 400 with respect to the volume of the space 315 (increasing the filling rate of the vacuum heat insulating material), the heat insulating box 700 can be reduced. The amount of deformation, therefore, can improve the heat insulating performance of the heat insulating box 700 and enhance the strength of the heat insulating box 700 or the refrigerator 1 or the box of the machine. At this time, if the thickness of the vacuum heat insulating material 400 is increased and the filling rate is increased, the heat insulating performance can be improved while the strength of the box is increased. Here, the filling rate of the vacuum heat insulating material can be increased by increasing the thickness of the vacuum heat insulating material 400, but it is also possible to increase the ratio of the surface area of the vacuum heat insulating material 400 with respect to the surface area of the casing 700 (vacuum The coverage of the heat insulating material) increases the filling rate of the vacuum heat insulating material, and in this case, the strength of the box can also be increased, and the filling rate of the vacuum heat insulating material can be increased by increasing the coverage of the vacuum heat insulating material 400. . Further, when the coverage of the vacuum heat insulating material 400 is increased, the arrangement range (arrangement portion) of the vacuum heat insulating material can be increased, and the thickness of the heat insulating box 700 can be reduced. Therefore, the storage chamber volume can be made small. Increase the thickness of this wall thickness.

In the present embodiment, for example, the outer shape of the heat insulating box is formed. At least a portion of the space 315 between the outer box 710 and the inner box 750 of a portion of the interior of the storage compartment forming the heat insulating box is provided with a vacuum heat insulating material 400, so that the vacuum heat insulating material 400 in the space 315 The filling rate is above 40%, making it relative to the outer box The area ratio (coverage ratio) of the vacuum heat insulating material 400 having a surface area of 710 is 60% or more, whereby a heat insulating box, a refrigerator, and a machine having high heat insulating performance, high box strength, and high reliability can be obtained. Here, in the present embodiment, it is configured to provide the heat insulating box 700 by the vacuum heat insulating material 400 having a bending elastic modulus higher than that of the rigid polyurethane foam used for the conventional heat insulating box. Since the wall strength is sufficient, both the strength of the casing and the heat insulating performance can be satisfied at the same time, and the wall thickness can be made thinner, and the volume in the storage compartment can be increased.

The heat insulating box 700 of the present embodiment has a bending elastic modulus higher than that of the hard The filling rate of the vacuum heat insulating material 400 of the polyurethane is set to be equal to or higher than a predetermined value (or within a predetermined range), or the filling rate and the coverage of the vacuum heat insulating material 400 are set to be equal to or higher than a predetermined value (or a predetermined range). Therefore, both the strength of the casing and the heat insulating performance can be satisfied at the same time, and the wall thickness of the heat insulating box 700 can be made thin. Therefore, it is possible to increase the volume of the storage compartment without changing the outer dimensions of the heat insulating box 700 and the refrigerator 1, and it is possible to increase the storage or storage that can be stored in the heat insulating box 700 or the refrigerator 1 or the inside of the machine. In addition, when the wall strength is lowered, the heat insulating box 700 is twisted, and for example, the shelf 80 disposed inside can be detached from the rail portion, or a drawer type storage room (or a drawer type door or box, or an opening and closing door) The slidability of the sheet or the like is deteriorated. However, in the present embodiment, since the filling rate and/or the coverage of the vacuum heat insulating material 400 are both set to a predetermined value or more (or within a predetermined range), the heat insulating box can be provided. The wall thickness of the 700 is thinned, and the strength and thermal insulation performance of the casing can be improved. Therefore, it is possible to suppress the shelf 80 provided inside from being detached from the rail portion, or the drawer type storage compartment (or the drawer type door or the box) The slidability of the opening or closing door or the like is deteriorated and the reliability is lowered.

Further, in the heat insulating box 700 of the first embodiment, the space 315 is provided. The filling rate of the vacuum heat insulating material 400 is 90% or less. According to the technical idea of the present embodiment as described above, it is desirable that all of the space 315 is the vacuum heat insulating material 400. However, as illustrated in FIG. 11 and the like, the convex portion 450 or the protruding portion 910 is provided on the rear wall 730, or the rail portion 755 formed in the inner box 750 is provided to protrude into the space 315, or is insulated, for example, in the refrigerator 1. In the case of the case 700, the compressor 12 that houses the machine room 1A mounted on the heat insulating box 700 or the control device 30 housed in the control board chamber 31 is disposed in the wall space 315 (for example, the number of revolutions of the compressor is controlled) Since the connected wirings and the like are integrated into the bundle 720 of the wire harness, it is difficult to make the filling rate of the vacuum heat insulating material 400 more than 90%. In addition, when the heat insulating box 700 is applied to, for example, the refrigerator 1, a refrigerant pipe 725 or the like is also disposed in the space 315. Therefore, if the vacuum heat insulating material 400 is disposed in a space of more than 90% in the space 315, vacuum insulation of the shape of the wiring 720, the refrigerant pipe 725, or the rail portion 755 must be used for the vacuum heat insulating material 400. Since the material 400 complicates the shape of the vacuum heat insulating material 400, it is difficult to form (or form) the vacuum heat insulating material 400. Therefore, the filling rate of the vacuum heat insulating material 400 is set to 90% or less.

In addition, in order to suppress the strength reduction of the heat insulating box 700, the twist occurs. The outer box 710 and the inner box 750 and the vacuum heat insulating material 400 must be adhered to have adhesive strength, but the inner box 750 is often provided with a layer for holding the storage chamber (for example, the refrigerating chamber 2). The track portion 755 of the frame 80 or other components (such as the lighting device 900 or the water mist device 200 or the partition wall 24, etc.) are therefore complicated in shape. Therefore, even if the vacuum heat insulating material 400 is passed through the second adhesive such as hot-melt or double-sided tape, it is easy to adhere to the outer case 710 side, and it is difficult to adhere the vacuum heat insulating material 400 to the inner case 750 side. Adhesion strength.

However, if a rigid polyurethane foam is used as The adhesive between the inner box 750 and the vacuum heat insulating material 400 can be filled and foamed in the space 315 in a two-phase state, and therefore, even in the space 315, the convex portion 450 or the protruding portion 910 or In the case of the rail portion 755 or other components, there is no problem, and the inner box 750 and the vacuum heat insulating material 400 can be adhered by polyurethane. Of course, it is also possible to fill a rigid polyurethane foam between the outer casing 710 and the vacuum heat insulating material 400, or between the outer casing 710 and the inner casing 750 as an adhesive. At this time, if an unfilled portion (that is, a void) which is not filled with the rigid polyurethane foam is generated in the heat insulating box 700, the heat insulating performance of the heat insulating box 700 is lowered. Therefore, in the heat insulating box 700 of the present embodiment, in order to fill the rigid polyurethane foam, it is necessary to maintain a predetermined gap (for example, about 1 mm or more, preferably about 3 mm or more). The filling rate of the vacuum heat insulating material 400 in the space 315 is preferably 90% or less, and more preferably 80% or less.

However, if the filling rate of the vacuum heat insulating material 400 in the space 315 is made When increased, the filling rate of the rigid polyurethane foam in the space 315 is lowered. Therefore, the thickness of the polyurethane between the outer case 710 and the inner case 750 is lowered, and the strength of the case of the heat insulating case 700 is lowered. However, in the heat insulating box 700 of the present embodiment, by using the vacuum heat insulating material 400 in which the heat insulating property and the bending rigidity are both better than the polyurethane, it is possible to suppress a decrease in the strength of the case. Further, in the present embodiment, the heat insulating function and strength are mainly provided by the vacuum heat insulating material 400 having a small thermal conductivity. Therefore, as shown in Fig. 20, the vacuum heat insulating material 400 is provided. When the filling ratio is 40% or more, the strength of the casing 700 can be improved even if the filling amount of the rigid polyurethane is small. another Further, as shown in Fig. 19, by increasing the thickness of the vacuum heat insulating material 400 (that is, increasing the filling rate of the vacuum heat insulating material), it is possible to combine the vacuum heat insulating material and the polyurethane. The composite thermal conductivity of the heat insulating material becomes small, so that the heat insulating performance of the casing 700 is improved.

Here, when the density of the rigid polyurethane foam is increased and the bending elastic modulus (bending rigidity) is increased, the heat insulating property of the rigid polyurethane foam itself is lowered, but by the vacuum heat insulating material 400 The coverage and filling rate are above a predetermined value, and the effect of reducing the thermal insulation property of the polyurethane can be reduced, so that there is no problem. In the heat insulating box 700 of the present embodiment, as shown in Fig. 16, the density of the rigid polyurethane foam is made larger than in the past, for example, more than 60 kg/m ³ , whereby the rigid polyurethane can be made. The flexural modulus of the acid ester foam is 15 MPa or more, which is greater than the flexural modulus of the rigid polyurethane foam used in the conventional heat insulating box (for example, about 6 to 10 MPa), and the vacuum barrier can be disposed. The strength of the box of the portion of the hot material 400 is also enhanced. Therefore, in the heat insulating box 700 of the present embodiment, the refrigerator, the display cabinet, the water storage device, and the like, the filling rate of the vacuum heat insulating material 400 is set to 40% or more, and the side of the vacuum heat insulating material is provided. The coverage of the back surface is set to 70% or more, and it is possible to suppress the decrease in strength due to a decrease in the filling rate of the rigid polyurethane foam, and also to suppress the heat-insulating case 700 which cannot withstand the distortion caused by the weight of the storage object. The deformation. In other words, by increasing the filling rate of the vacuum heat insulating material 400, the strength of the heat insulating box 700 can be improved, and good heat insulating performance can be obtained, so that a vacuum insulation material with high reliability and energy saving can be obtained. The heat insulating box, the refrigerator with the vacuum heat insulating material, the display cabinet with the vacuum heat insulating material, the water storage device with the vacuum heat insulating material, and the machine with the vacuum heat insulating material.

In addition, the density adjustment of rigid polyurethane foam, For example, by filling the amount of the raw liquid of the rigid polyurethane foam in the injection space 315 more than in the past (the injection time is elongated, or the pressure of the injection becomes large), it can be adjusted to increase or decrease the density. In addition, as shown in Fig. 16, the flexural modulus of the rigid polyurethane foam is increased in proportion to the density, and therefore, when it is increased in density, it becomes large, and if the bending modulus is large, the bending modulus is large. Further, the rigidity of the case is also increased, and it is preferable that the flexural modulus of the polyurethane is preferably 150 MPa or less. When the flexural modulus of the rigid polyurethane foam is more than 150 MPa, the density of the rigid polyurethane foam becomes too large to be foamed into a sponge shape and hardens, and the heat insulating property is drastically lowered. When the flexural modulus of the polyurethane is 150 MPa or less, it is possible to suppress the deterioration of the heat insulating performance, and it is preferable to obtain a high-performance heat insulating box.

In the present embodiment, the heat insulating box 700 is applied to, for example, the following. Style refrigerator.

(1) The total thickness of the outer case 710 and the inner case 750 is 2 mm or less, and the average thickness of the heat insulating case 700 including the thickness of the outer case 710 and the thickness of the inner case 750 is 20 mm or more at 40 mm. In the case of the heat insulating box (the thickness in the wall thickness direction 315 of the space 315 of the outer case 710 and the inner case 750) is about 18 mm to 38 mm.

(2) The thickness of the vacuum heat insulating material 400 is about 10 mm to 30 mm, and the rigid polyurethane in the space 315 in the wall of the portion where the vacuum heat insulating material is disposed (for example, the concave portion 440 or the second concave portion 441) The average flow path width (polyurethane flow path thickness) of the ester foam in the wall thickness direction is 1 mm or more (3 mm) The above is preferable), and it is 11 mm or less (it is preferably 6 mm or less).

(3) The thermal conductivity of the rigid polyurethane foam is 0.018 W/(m‧k) to 0.026 W/(m‧k).

(4) The thermal conductivity of the vacuum heat insulating material 400 is 0.0019 W/(m‧k) to 0.0025 W/(m‧k).

(5) The internal volume is 200L~600L, and the power consumption under the established conditions is below 60W.

In the heat insulation performance of such a refrigerator 1, the vacuum insulation material 400 is The filling rate and the coverage ratio are both set within a predetermined range and the size or thickness of the vacuum heat insulating material 400 is selected, whereby the vacuum heat insulating material 400 governs the heat insulating performance of the heat insulating box body and the strength of the heat insulating box body. Therefore, when the thermal conductivity of the vacuum heat insulating material 400 is small, the composite thermal conductivity of the heat insulating box can be reduced, and therefore it is preferably 0.0030 W/(m‧ k) or less. When the thermal conductivity of the vacuum heat insulating material 400 exceeds 0.0030 W/(m·k), the influence of the wall thickness reduction on the heat insulating performance is increased, the heat insulating performance is deteriorated, and the amount of consumed electric power is increased. Therefore, in the present embodiment, by setting the thermal conductivity of the vacuum heat insulating material 400 to 0.0030 W/(m·k) or less, the influence of the decrease in the heat insulating performance due to the reduction in the thickness of the vacuum is suppressed. Further, the thermal conductivity of the vacuum heat insulating material 400 is preferably as small as possible, but the cost required to reduce the thermal conductivity by 0.001 W/(m ‧ k) is greatly increased, and therefore, the vacuum heat insulating material 400 is used. Articles having a thermal conductivity of 0.0012 W/(m ‧ k) or more. If the thermal conductivity of the vacuum heat insulating material 400 is 0.0019 W/(m‧ k) or more and 0.0025 W/(m ‧ k) or less, the thermal conductivity of the rigid polyurethane foam is about 10 times smaller than that of the rigid polyurethane foam. Therefore, the heat insulating performance of the heat insulating box 700 is much higher than in the past, and the product pattern can be satisfied. Therefore, the thermal conductivity of the vacuum heat insulating material 400 is 0.0012 W/(m‧ k) or more and 0.0030 W/(m ‧ k) The following items (0.0019 W/(m‧ k) or more and 0.0025 W/(m‧ k) or less are preferable).

Table 1 shows the wall thickness and the filling rate of the vacuum heat insulating material 400, and hard The relationship between the bending elastic modulus of the polyurethane foam and the deformation amount of the casing of the heat insulating box 700 is an example of the heat insulating box 700 according to the embodiment of the present invention. The first item of Table 1 is a past model, and has a wall thickness of 40 mm, a filling rate of the vacuum heat insulating material 400 of 20%, and a bending elastic modulus of the polyurethane filled between the inner box 750 and the vacuum heat insulating material 400. The result is 9 MPa. Here, the vacuum heat insulating material 400 is used as a material having a bending elastic modulus of 20 MPa. According to the first item and the second item of Table 1, when the filling rate of the vacuum heat insulating material 400 is 20% and the bending elastic modulus of the polyurethane is 9 MPa, the wall thickness of the heat insulating box 700 is changed from 40 mm. When the thickness is 30 mm, the strength of the case is lowered. Therefore, as shown in the third item, when the wall thickness is reduced to 30 mm, when the filling rate of the vacuum heat insulating material 400 is increased to 40% or more, the deformation amount of the case is larger than the first item (the past). Some, but reduced to the same level as item 1 (past).

As shown in the fourth item of Table 1, even if the thickness of the heat insulating box 700 is reduced from the past 40 mm (the first item in Table 1) to 30 mm, the filling rate of the vacuum heat insulating material 400 is 40% or more. Further, when the flexural modulus of the polyurethane is 15 MPa or more (fourth item in Table 1), the amount of deformation of the casing can be made smaller than in the past (first item), and therefore the casing of the heat insulating box 700 can be made. The strength is above the past product (item 1). That is, even if the wall thickness is lowered (for example, from 40 mm to 30 mm), if the filling ratio of the vacuum heat insulating material 400 and the bending elastic modulus of the polyurethane are set to be more than a predetermined value, the strength of the casing does not decrease. It also improves thermal insulation. Therefore, in the present embodiment, a thing having a bending elastic modulus of 20 MPa or more is used. As the vacuum heat insulating material 400, the filling rate of the vacuum heat insulating material 400 is set to 40% or more, and the bending elastic modulus of the rigid polyurethane foam is set to 15 MPa or more, thereby even the wall of the heat insulating box. The thickness is reduced (for example, from 40 mm to 30 mm), and the strength of the heat insulating box 700 can be made higher than in the past.

In addition, the outer covering material forming the outer surface of the vacuum heat insulating material 400 (outerwear) Membrane), it is better to use an aluminum vapor deposited film than to use an aluminum foil film. In order to suppress heat leakage generated by the outer covering material of the vacuum heat insulating material 400 (the so-called heat bridge phenomenon in which the heat is transmitted through the outer covering material of the vacuum heat insulating material 400 and leaked from the surface of the vacuum heat insulating material 400 to the inside), vacuum heat insulation The outer covering material of the material 400 is preferably an aluminum vapor-deposited film which is less likely to cause a thermal bridge phenomenon as an outer covering material (outer film) than an aluminum foil film.

Further, the rigid polyurethane foam of the first embodiment The measurement of the flexural modulus, the thermal conductivity, and the density may be carried out by cutting, for example, a rigid polyurethane foam having a predetermined size (for example, 100 × 100 × 5 mm or more). In the portion where the vacuum heat insulating material 400 is disposed, the vacuum heat insulating material is cut out from the five surfaces of the left and right side surfaces, the back surface, the top surface, and the bottom surface, and the average value is calculated. (In the case where only one place can be cut out, it can be measured by a plurality of positions in one place, etc.). In the case where the door piece is also equipped with a vacuum heat insulating material, the density and bending of the polyurethane are also measured for the door piece. The elastic modulus and thermal conductivity can be used. Further, in the portion where the vacuum heat insulating material is not disposed, a plurality of sheets are cut out on the five sides of the left and right side surfaces, the back surface, the top surface, and the bottom surface, and the average value thereof may be calculated. In the present embodiment, in either case, the measurement is performed by cutting out a position at which the density or the bending elastic modulus is large. In addition, when the rigid polyurethane foam is not cut out by a predetermined size such as the wiring member 720 such as the refrigerant pipe 725 or the lead wire, the position can be cut to a predetermined size at a position close to the center position. can.

In the present embodiment, the left side, the right side, and the back side are The top surface, the bottom surface or the six faces of the door piece, the density or bending elastic modulus of the polyurethane having the portion with and without the vacuum heat insulating material is measured, and the density or bending elasticity of the polyurethane is measured. The rate is above the established value. By adjusting the free foam density of the polyurethane, the thickness of the vacuum heat insulating material, the wall thickness, and the like, it can be present between the vacuum heat insulating material 400 and the inner box 750, or the vacuum heat insulating material 400 and the outer box 710. The density or flexural modulus of the polyurethane between the outer casing 710 and the inner casing 750 is set to be greater than or equal to a predetermined value.

Here, in the present embodiment, among the six faces of the right and left side faces, the back face, the top face, the bottom face, or the door piece, at least a portion of the polyurethane of the vacuum heat insulating material 400 is disposed for each surface. The density and the bending elastic modulus are set to be equal to or greater than a predetermined value, and the density and bending elastic modulus of the polyurethane in which at least the vacuum heat insulating material 400 is not disposed may be set to a predetermined value or more. Here, if the density and the bending elastic modulus of the polyurethane are set to a predetermined value or more in each of the six sides of the left and right side surfaces, the back surface, the top surface, the bottom surface, or the door sheet, the arrangement is not provided. The strength of the portion of the vacuum insulation material also increases. In addition, since the strength can be obtained in each surface, it is possible to obtain a high-strength heat-insulating case, a refrigerator, and a machine with high reliability at a low cost by setting only a necessary portion. In addition, when the density of the six surfaces of the left and right side surfaces, the back surface, the top surface, the bottom surface, or the door piece, or the average value of the bending elastic modulus is set to a predetermined value or more (the density is 60 kg/m ³ or more, the bending elastic modulus is 15 MPa or more. In addition, it is possible to ensure the strength of the entire casing, and to obtain a heat insulating box, a refrigerator, and a machine which have high heat insulating performance and high reliability.

In addition, regarding the coverage and filling rate of the vacuum heat insulating material 400, In the six sides of the left and right sides, the back surface, the top surface, the bottom surface, or the door sheet, when the coverage and the filling ratio of the total surface or the plurality of surfaces are set to a predetermined value or more, the strength and the heat insulation performance can be obtained on the individual surfaces. Therefore, it is possible to obtain a high-quality heat-insulating case, a refrigerator, and a machine with high reliability at a low cost by setting only a necessary portion. In addition, when the total of the six sides of the left and right side surfaces, the back surface, the top surface, the bottom surface, or the door piece is set to a predetermined value or more, the strength of the entire casing can be ensured and the heat insulation performance can be improved, and the heat insulation performance can be improved and reliably. High-insulation insulation cabinet, refrigerator, and machine.

As described above, in the heat insulating box 700 according to the embodiment of the present invention, true The coverage of the hollow heat insulating material 400 is larger than a predetermined value (60%) (the coverage of the side back surface of the vacuum heat insulating material 400 is 70% or more). In addition, the filling rate of the vacuum heat insulating material 400 is also larger than a predetermined value (40%), and the filling amount of the rigid polyurethane foam is reduced. Therefore, the heat insulating performance and the casing of the heat insulating box can be ensured. The strength and the wall thickness of the heat insulating box 700 can be made thinner than in the past. Therefore, the heat insulating performance is improved, the energy is saved, and the internal volume of the storage compartment can be increased by an increase in the thickness of the wall. Therefore, it is possible to provide the heat insulating box 700, the refrigerator 1, the display cabinet, and the like having excellent internal volume efficiency. machine. That is, according to the embodiment of the present invention, it is possible to change the outer dimensions of the heat insulating box 700, the refrigerator 1, or the display cabinet. Since the internal volume (for example, the internal volume of the storage chambers 2 to 6) is increased as compared with the past, the storage contents stored in the heat insulating box 700 or the inside of the refrigerator 1 can be increased as compared with the past. Therefore, it is possible to obtain a heat insulating box 700, a refrigerator, a display cabinet, and the like that are easy for the user to use and save energy. On the other hand, if the internal volume (for example, the internal volume of the storage compartments 2 to 6) is the same as in the past, the external dimensions can be reduced, and therefore, the heat-insulating housing 700, the refrigerator 1, the display cabinet, and the storage can be obtained which are energy-saving and simple. A machine such as a hot water device.

Furthermore, the heat insulating box 700 or the refrigerator 1 of the present embodiment The shape or shape is only an example. For example, the storage storage space of the heat insulating box 700 can be divided into three storage spaces (storage chambers) by three horizontal partition plates. Further, for example, the storage space of the heat insulating box 700 may be divided into three horizontal partition plates and divided by the vertical partition plates to form five storage spaces (storage chambers). By increasing the number of the partition plates 24, the strength of the heat insulating box 700 can be further improved. In other words, as the number of the partition plates 24 increases, the number of the storage chambers or the storage chambers increases, and the effect of improving the strength of the casing can be obtained by the partition plates. Therefore, even the portion covering the vacuum heat insulating material 400 is provided. The average thickness of the rigid polyurethane foam (the space 315 between the vacuum heat insulating material 400 and the inner box 750) is thin (for example, 11 mm or less, preferably less than 10 mm, preferably 6 mm or less). Can ensure sufficient box strength. Therefore, it is possible to increase the storage chamber volume without changing the outer shape of the heat insulating box 700, and it is possible to increase the storage that can be stored in the heat insulating box 700.

Further, in the present embodiment, the internal structure of the partition plate 24 can be configured in the same manner as the heat insulating box 700. In other words, the vacuum heat insulating material 400 is placed in the inner space of the partitioning plate 24 and filled with a rigid polyurethane foam. However, if the rigid polyurethane foam is used as an adhesive, it is thin. Some may be, for example, 11 mm or less, preferably less than 10 mm, and preferably 6 mm or less. Here, in the partition plate 24, the piping 725 or the wiring 720 is not disposed as in the heat insulating box 700. Therefore, in this case, the filling rate of the vacuum heat insulating material 400 for the partitioning plate 24 can be set to 40% or more and 90% or less of the same as the heat insulating box 700. However, in the partition plate 24, the vacuum heat insulating material can be disposed almost entirely in the size of the partitioning plate 24 (the space in the partitioning plate 24). 400, therefore, the filling rate can be increased, and the filling rate of the vacuum heat insulating material 400 can be increased to 40% or more and 95% or less. Further, the polyurethane foam may have a flexural modulus of 15 MPa or more and a density of 60 kg/m ³ or more. In this manner, the vacuum heat insulating material 400 is also disposed in the partition plate 24 and the filling rate thereof is set within a predetermined range, whereby the heat insulating performance of the heat insulating box 700 can be further improved.

In the present embodiment, the heat insulating box having the vacuum heat insulating material or In the case of the heat insulating wall, the vacuum heat insulating material 400 is directly attached to the outer casing 710 by passing through the second adhesive different from the foamed polyurethane such as hot melt or double-sided tape in consideration of assemblability. A rigid polyurethane foam is filled between the vacuum heat insulating material 400 and the inner box 750 as an adhesive for adhesion, but it may be disposed in a space 315 formed between the outer box 710 and the inner box 750. A spacer made of a resin such as EPS is configured to float the vacuum heat insulating material 400 between the inner case 750 and the outer case 710, and fill the vacuum heat insulating material 400 and the outer case with the rigid polyurethane foam. Between 710, and between the vacuum insulation material 400 and the inner box 750. Further, the vacuum heat insulating material 400 is directly attached to the inner case 750 by a second adhesive such as hot-melt or double-sided tape, and the polyurethane foam is filled between the vacuum heat insulating material 400 and the outer case 710. can.

Here, the vacuum heat insulating material 400 is floated outside by a spacer or the like. In the case of the case between the case 710 and the inner case 750, the spacer is provided on the inner surface side of the outer case 710 (the space between the outer case 710 and the vacuum heat insulating material 400), and the refrigerant pipe 725 is provided in the spacer space (for example, Condensing piping) is also possible. The refrigerant pipe 725 is a condensing pipe through which the high-temperature high-pressure refrigerant discharged from the compressor 12 disposed in the machine room 1A flows, and the heat is transmitted through the pipe wall and the outer casing 710 of the refrigerant pipe 725, and is surrounded by the refrigerant pipe 725. The air is cooled by the refrigerant flowing through the refrigerant pipe 725 to condense the refrigerant, thereby being used as a condensation pipe. In the heat insulating box 700 of the present embodiment, a resin spacer having a thickness equal to or larger than the diameter of the refrigerant pipe 725 is provided on the inner wall of the outer casing 710 at a position (not facing) where the refrigerant pipe 725 does not overlap. When the vacuum heat insulating material 400 is attached to the spacer, the refrigerant pipe 725 is attached to the outer case 710, and the spacer attached to the vacuum heat insulating material 400 is directly attached to the outer case 710 by double-sided tape or the like so that It is covered on the refrigerant pipe 725, making manufacturing easy. In the heat insulating box 700 of the present embodiment, the vacuum heat insulating material 400 is disposed at a predetermined interval from the inner box 750, and the vacuum heat insulating material 400 is disposed at a predetermined interval from the outer box 710. The vacuum heat insulating material 400 is embedded in a rigid polyurethane foam to improve heat insulating properties.

As described above, in the present embodiment, the heat insulating box 700 is in the outer box In the space 315 between the 710 and the inner box 750, the foaming is filled so that the vacuum heat insulating material 400 is buried in the rigid polyurethane foam, in which case the outer box 710 and the vacuum heat insulating material 400 are In most cases, the refrigerant pipe 725 is provided. However, the vacuum heat insulating material 400 can be disposed by holding the vacuum heat insulating material 400 and the outer casing 710 at a predetermined distance by using a spacer made of resin such as EPS.

In addition, the vacuum heat insulating material 400 is easy to suck as it becomes hotter. The surrounding gas is collected to lower the internal vacuum degree and deteriorate the thermal conductivity. When the outside air temperature is high in the summer, the ambient temperature (surrounding air temperature) of the outer casing 710 is increased, and the temperature of the outer casing 710 itself is also increased, and the piping 725 used as the condensation tube is also changed. In consideration of the reliability of the vacuum heat insulating material 400, it is desirable to keep the vacuum heat insulating material 400 away from the outer case 710 or the refrigerant pipe (condensing pipe) 725. By keeping the vacuum heat insulating material 400 away from the outer case 710 or the refrigerant pipe (condensing pipe) 725, deterioration due to an increase in temperature of the vacuum heat insulating material 400 can be suppressed, so that vacuum insulation is performed by the spacer. When the material 400 is floated away from the wall surface of the outer casing 710 or the refrigerant pipe 725, it is possible to suppress the deterioration of the heat insulating performance, and it is possible to provide the heat insulating box 700 and the refrigerator 1 which have high reliability for a long period of time.

In addition, the vacuum insulation material 400 absorbs the surrounding gas (air When the internal vacuum degree is lowered, the thermal conductivity is deteriorated. However, if a spacer made of a resin such as EPS is attached to the outer case 710, the vacuum heat insulating material 400 is buried in the rigid polyurethane foam. In the internal configuration, the amount of gas (air or the like) around the vacuum heat insulating material 400 can be reduced. Therefore, it is possible to suppress absorption of gas (air or the like) around the vacuum heat insulating material 400, and it is possible to suppress the decrease in the degree of vacuum. The deterioration of the vacuum heat insulating material 400 can maintain high heat insulating performance for a long period of time, and can provide a highly reliable heat insulating box 700, a refrigerator 1, a machine, and the like.

In particular, in the heat insulating box 700 of the present embodiment, the density of the rigid polyurethane foam is higher than the density of the rigid polyurethane foam used in the conventional heat insulating box. (The density is 60 kg/m ³ or more), therefore, the bubbles in the rigid polyurethane foam are reduced corresponding to an increase in the density, and the amount of gas (air amount) in the bubbles may be reduced. Therefore, if the periphery of the vacuum heat insulating material 400 is embedded or covered with a rigid polyurethane foam, the amount of gas (air or the like) around the vacuum heat insulating material 400 can be reduced, and the vacuum insulation can be suppressed. The degree of vacuum of the hot material 400 is lowered (the greater the density of the polyurethane, the smaller the number of voids in the polyurethane and the smaller the amount of air in the polyurethane). In particular, when the thickness of the polyurethane is small (for example, when it is 11 mm or less), the vacuum heat insulating material 400 can easily receive the gas such as air around the polyurethane, and the like, by increasing the poly The density of the urethane reduces the amount of gas around the vacuum heat insulating material 400, and the deterioration of the vacuum heat insulating material 400 can be effectively suppressed. Therefore, deterioration of the vacuum heat insulating material 400 can be further suppressed, and the heat insulating box 700, the refrigerator 1, and the machine having high reliability for a long period of time can be provided.

In the present embodiment, the heat insulating box 700 in which the condensation pipe 725 is disposed in the space 315 is described as an example. However, the condensation pipe 725 is not provided in the heat insulating box 700 provided in the space 315. It is of course also possible to embed the vacuum insulation material 400 in a rigid polyurethane foam. Since the amount of the gas around the vacuum heat insulating material 400 can be reduced, deterioration of the vacuum heat insulating material 400 can be suppressed, and the heat insulating box 700 having high reliability for a long period of time can be provided.

Here, the heat insulating box 700 having the structure of the rail portion (the drawer rail or the recess portion of the drawer type storage chamber) 755, the refrigerator 1 and the like are not formed in the inner box 750, and the inner box 750 is easy to use an adhesive or When the double-sided tape or the like directly attaches the shape of the vacuum heat insulating material 400, all or a part of the vacuum heat insulating material 400 may be disposed on the inner case 750 side.

Here, in the case where the vacuum heat insulating material 400 is passed through the heat insulating box 700 which is directly attached to the inner case 750 side, such as hot melt or double-sided tape, as in the present embodiment, a smaller amount can be used. The vacuum heat insulating material 400 provides energy saving and the internal volume efficiency of the storage compartment is superior to that of the conventional heat insulating box 700 and the refrigerator 1. That is, in the case of the heat insulating box 700 having a substantially rectangular parallelepiped shape or a rectangular tube shape, the surface area of the outer case 710 is larger than the surface area of the inner case 750, and therefore, in the case where the vacuum heat insulating material 400 is attached, it is attached to The surface of the inner case 750 can be made smaller than the area attached to the surface of the outer case 710. Therefore, it is possible to obtain a heat insulating case, a refrigerator, a display case, a water storage device, and a machine having excellent heat insulating properties at low cost. Further, for example, in the case where the vacuum heat insulating material 400 of the same size is attached, the corner portion of the heat insulating box 700 having a rectangular parallelepiped shape (for example, the back surface of the heat insulating box 700 and the corner portion or the top side connecting portion) When the vacuum heat insulating material 400 is disposed on the outer casing 750 side, the vacuum heat insulating material 400 is disposed on the outer casing 710 side, as compared with the case where the vacuum heat insulating material 400 is disposed on the inner casing 750 side. Next, the gap between the vacuum heat insulating materials 400 of the adjacent wall surfaces in the corner portion (for example, the gap or distance between the vacuum heat insulating material 400 on the top surface and the vacuum heat insulating material 400 on the adjacent side surface) is large. In other words, when the vacuum heat insulating material 400 of the same size is disposed in the outer casing 710, the vacuum heat insulating material 400 is disposed in the inner box 750, so that the adjacent vacuum heat insulating materials 400 can be formed. The gap between the two is small, and the heat loss due to heat leakage is also reduced in accordance with the gap, and the heat insulating box 700 having good heat insulation efficiency, the refrigerator 1, the display cabinet, the water storage device, and the machine can be provided. .

Further, the heat insulating box 700 of the present embodiment has a hinge type or a drawer type opening and closing for opening and closing the opening of the plurality of storage chambers 2, 3, 4, 5, and 6 which are partitioned by the partition wall 24 in the inside. Door piece. This door has: for example, gold It is an outer structural member (outer plate) and an inner member (inner plate) made of, for example, a resin. Further, a rigid polyurethane foam and a vacuum heat insulating material 400 are disposed (filled) in the inner space of the door piece formed between the outer and inner members. The door piece is also formed based on the technical idea of setting the filling rate of the vacuum heat insulating material to a predetermined range in the heat insulating box, and providing almost all the heat insulating functions by the vacuum heat insulating material 400. The filling rate of the vacuum heat insulating material 400 in the inner space of the door piece is 40% to 90%, and the coverage is 70% or more.

When manufacturing such a door opening and closing piece, the vacuum is applied in advance with the second adhesive. The heat insulating material 400 is adhered and fixed to the outer member, and the raw material of the liquid rigid polyurethane foam is injected between the space between the vacuum heat insulating material and the inner member, the outer member and the inner member. The space is foamed so that the outer structural member, the vacuum heat insulating material 400, and the inner side member can be integrally formed, whereby a rigid polyurethane foam as a foamed heat insulating material can be filled in the door The internal space of the piece. In this case, the thickness of the rigid polyurethane foam may be 1 mm or more (more preferably 3 mm or more) or 11 mm or less (10 mm or less, preferably 6 mm or less) as long as it has strength as an adhesive. Good).

Further, in the opening and closing door piece, in the storage compartments 2, 3, 4, 5, and 6, in which the frame for supporting the storage box (accommodating case 520), or the door pocket portion or the shelf 80 is attached, It is necessary to connect or hold the fixing screw of the frame, the fixing member of the door pocket portion, the mounting member of the shelf 80, or the like to the inside of the opening and closing door piece by using a connecting member such as a screw or a fixing member or a holding member. Inside the library). In this case, there will be a structural member or a fixed member or a retaining member protruding from the door. The inside space of the sheet occurs, and when it comes into contact with the vacuum heat insulating material 400, the outer covering material of the vacuum heat insulating material may be damaged. Therefore, the inside of the opening and closing flap is disposed or filled with the vacuum heat insulating material 400. Polyurethane foam of the thickness of the wound is preferred. However, in the case where it is particularly required to be mounted on a storage compartment side (inner panel side) of the opening and closing door piece (for example, a structural member, a fixed member or a holding member, etc.), vacuum insulation can be attached to the inner panel. Material 400. In addition, the vacuum heat insulating material can be attached to the inner panel while avoiding the installation of the vacuum heat insulating material.

In addition, the vacuum heat-dissipating material 400 is disposed in the inner space of the door piece formed between the outer member member and the inner member member, and has a profile member (outer plate) and an inner member member (inner plate). When the hard polyurethane foam of the hot material is filled between the outer member or the inner member and the vacuum heat insulating material 400, if the density of the foamed heat insulating material is more than 60 kg/m ³ , the height is increased. The fixing strength or the fixing strength of the screw or the like for fixing the fixing member for supporting the frame of the storage box (accommodating the case 520), so that the weight can be stably performed even if the weight is accommodated in the door 520. The entry and exit of the box 520 results in a highly reliable refrigerator or machine. In addition, the holding strength or the fixing strength of a screw or the like for fixing a fixing member of another member such as a handle is increased, and therefore, when the door mounting member such as a handle of another member is attached to the door piece, the door piece is raised. The mounting strength of the mounting member to the door piece is such that the door piece is not easily deformed, and the door piece can be stably opened and closed, resulting in a highly reliable refrigerator or machine. In addition, when the density of the rigid polyurethane foam as the foam heat insulating material between the outer member member or the inner member member and the vacuum heat insulating member 400 is more than 60 kg/m ³ , the foaming can be improved. The bending elastic modulus of the heat insulating material increases the strength of the door piece.

Here, the vacuum insulation material 400 can be disposed on all the opening and closing panels Or a part of the opening and closing door. For example, in the case where the temperature difference between the outside air and the heat insulating box 700 (for example, in the storage compartment) is relatively small (for example, a storage compartment of a refrigerating temperature zone such as the refrigerating compartment 2 or the vegetable compartment 5), even a vacuum heat insulating material is used. The effect of the heat insulation performance of the 400 on the opening and closing door is also small. In this case, sufficient heat insulation performance can be ensured without disposing the vacuum heat insulating material 400 on the opening and closing door piece. In the vacuum heat insulating material 400, when the temperature difference between the outside air and the heat insulating box 700 (for example, in the storage compartment) is relatively large (for example, storage of the freezing temperature zone of the ice making compartment 3, the switching compartment 4, or the freezing compartment 6) In the case of the vacuum heat insulating material 400, the effect of improving the heat insulating performance of the opening and closing door piece is large. Therefore, in the case of a storage compartment of a freezing temperature zone in which the temperature difference between the outside air and the heat insulating box 700 (for example, a storage compartment) is relatively large, the vacuum heat insulating material 400 can be disposed in the opening and closing door piece, thereby ensuring Full thermal insulation properties.

As described above, in the heat insulating box 700 or the refrigerator 1 of the present embodiment or In the machine, the filling rate of the vacuum heat insulating material 400 (vacuum partition) with respect to the space volume of the space 315 formed between the outer case 710 and the inner box 750 and the inner space of the inner space of the opening and closing door piece The volume ratio of the hot material 400 is within a predetermined range (for example, 40% or more and 80% or less). Therefore, the wall thickness of the heat insulating box 700 (for example, the distance between the outer box 710 and the inner box 750, and the thickness of the opening and closing flap) can be made thinner than in the past, and therefore, energy saving can be provided and the internal volume efficiency of the storage chamber is excellent. In the past, the heat insulation box 700, the refrigerator 1, the machine. Therefore, even if the outer shape of the heat insulating box 700 or the refrigerator 1 is not changed, the internal volume of the storage compartment can be made larger than in the past, so that the storage that can be stored in the heat insulating box 700 can be made larger than in the past. Therefore, it is possible to obtain thermal insulation superior to the energy saving in the past. The heat insulating box 700 having good performance and high commercial value, the refrigerator 1, the water storage device, the display cabinet, and the machine.

Further, by increasing the filling rate of the vacuum heat insulating material 400 in the space 315, the filling rate of the rigid polyurethane foam in the space 315 is lowered. In the heat insulating box 700 of the present embodiment, the density of the rigid polyurethane foam is made larger than in the past (for example, more than 60 kg/m ³ ), and the flexural modulus of the rigid polyurethane foam is 15.0 MPa or more. It is larger than the flexural modulus (6 MPa to 10 MPa) of the rigid polyurethane foam used for the past heat insulating box. Therefore, in the heat insulating box 700 of the present embodiment, it is possible to suppress a decrease in strength due to a decrease in the filling rate of the rigid polyurethane foam, and it is not possible to prevent the storage space or the storage contents in the storage room from being able to withstand or The problem of deformation or the like of the twisted heat insulating box 700 due to the weight of the door panel can be achieved, and the heat insulating case 700, the refrigerator 1, or the machine having high reliability can be obtained.

Therefore, the refrigerator 1 of the present embodiment is provided with a vacuum compartment. In the machine of the heat insulating box 700 of the hot material 400, it is possible to suppress the opening and closing of the door panel by the twisted opening and closing of the heat insulating box 700, and the opening and closing of the door sheet cannot be smoothly opened and closed, and the appearance deterioration due to deformation can be suppressed. In addition, it is possible to prevent the positional relationship between the opening and closing flap and the contact surface (sealing surface) of the gasket in the opening of the heat insulating box and the gasket from being displaced, and to store air in the room (air-cooling in the refrigerator) ) outflow to the outside of the heat insulation box. Therefore, even if a large amount of the vacuum heat insulating material 400 is used, the performance of the heat insulating box 700 can be suppressed from being lowered or the reliability is low, and the heat insulating property is excellent, so that the refrigerator which is energy-saving and highly reliable can be obtained or has a vacuum partition. A heat insulating box of a hot material or a machine having a vacuum heat insulating material or a machine having a heat insulating box.

Here, as in the case where the heat insulating box 700 is used in a refrigerator, it is up and down In the case of an elongated rectangular parallelepiped shape in which the height of the direction is greater than the length in the width direction, the side wall 790 or the rear wall which is disposed slightly vertically is compared to the bottom surface portion 780 or the top surface wall 740 which is disposed slightly horizontally or the partition wall 24 between the storage compartments and the like. 730 is a relatively elongated shape, so the rigidity is weak and it is easily deformed. Therefore, according to the present embodiment, the filling rate and the coverage of the vacuum heat insulating material 400 are both set within a predetermined range, whereby the strength (rigidity) of the heat insulating box 700 can be improved. Further, by providing the convex portion 450 or the protruding portion 910, the strength of the casing can be improved. Further, the convex portion 450 is provided so as to overlap the vacuum heat insulating material 400 provided in the concave portion 440 and the second concave portion 441 by a predetermined length X, and the other end is connected to the side surface portion 790, whereby the vacuum heat insulating material 400 can be made to pass through the hard material. The polyurethane foam and the convex portion 450 are integrally formed, and the vacuum heat insulating material 400 can be formed integrally with the rigid polyurethane foam and the side wall 790, thereby improving the housing 700. strength.

Figure 21 is a view showing a side portion 790 and a back portion of the heat insulating box 700. The relationship between the area ratio (side back coverage) of the vacuum heat insulating material 400 and the amount of deformation of the heat insulating box in the surface area is a result of calculation. The strength of the heat insulating box is such that the side wall 790 and the back wall 730 have an elongated rectangular shape, and the rigidity is weaker than that of the top wall 740 or the bottom wall 780 or the partition wall 24, etc., so that the rigidity is weak. By setting the side back coverage of the vacuum heat insulating material 400 to a predetermined value or more, the strength of the case can be improved. Here, the relationship between the area ratio (side back coverage) of the vacuum heat insulating material 400 and the strength of the case in the surface areas of the side surface portion 790 and the back surface wall 730 will be described.

In Fig. 21, the horizontal axis represents the area ratio (side back coverage) of the vacuum heat insulating material 400 in the surface area of the side wall 790 and the back wall 730 of the heat insulating box 700, and the vertical axis represents the deformation amount of the case. . Here, the density of the polyurethane is 60 kg/m ³ , the filling ratio of the vacuum heat insulating material 400 is 40%, and the deformation amount of the case when the area ratio (side back coverage) of the side back surface is 50% is 1. The bending elastic modulus of the vacuum heat insulating material 400 used for the calculation is 20 MPa, and the bending elastic modulus of the rigid polyurethane foam which is larger than the past is used based on the measurement result of the bending elastic modulus of the vacuum heat insulating material actually used. (for example, about 6~10MPa). Here, when the area ratio (side back coverage) is changed, since the filling rate of the vacuum heat insulating material is fixed at 40%, if the area ratio (side back coverage) of the vacuum heat insulating material is increased, vacuum insulation is applied. The thickness of the material becomes smaller.

In addition, the refrigerator 1 used for the calculation is an example, and is set to a refrigerator of four or more doors (for example, a four-door or five-door or six-door design), an internal volume of 500 L, and a power consumption of 40 W or less. The average distance (wall thickness) including the thickness of the plate between the outer case 710 and the inner case 750 is 30 mm, and the thickness of the space 315 (thickness in the wall) when the plate thicknesses of the outer case 710 and the inner case 750 are respectively assumed to be 1 mm 28mm. The density of the rigid polyurethane foam is 60 kg/m ³ , the thermal conductivity of the vacuum heat insulating material 400 is 0.0021 W/(m ‧ k), and the thermal conductivity of the rigid polyurethane foam is 0.019 W / ( M‧k), the thermal insulation properties of the vacuum insulation material 400 are about 10 times higher than that of the rigid polyurethane foam.

In Fig. 21, the horizontal axis is a total table indicating the side wall and the back wall. The area ratio of the vacuum heat insulating material 400 in the area (the vacuum heat insulating material coverage ratio of the side back surface), and the vertical axis indicates the amount of deformation of the case when a predetermined load is applied to the heat insulating box 700 having the opening and closing flap. The amount of collapse of the cabinet). Here, the amount of deformation of the case indicates, for example, about 1/4 of the height from the side wall of one side of the heat insulating box. The amount of deformation in the left-right direction of the upper end of the side wall of the heat insulating box when a predetermined load is applied in a slightly horizontal direction (horizontal direction, left-right direction when the front opening portion is viewed from the front).

In Fig. 21, it can be known that when the vacuum heat insulating material 400 is added When the area ratio is used, the amount of deformation of the casing becomes small. When the area ratio of the side surface and the back surface (the vacuum heat insulating material coverage ratio of the side back surface) is 70% or more, the rate of change of the deformation amount of the casing becomes small. In other words, when the area ratio of the side surface and the back surface reaches 70%, when the area ratio becomes large, the rate of change of the deformation amount of the box is rapidly reduced, but when the area ratio of the side surface and the back surface is 70% or more, even The area ratio becomes larger and the amount of deformation of the case hardly changes. Therefore, when the area ratio of the side surface and the back surface (the vacuum heat insulating material coverage ratio of the side back surface) is 70% or more, the ratio of the deformation amount of the box body becomes extremely small, even if the ratio of the side surface area of the vacuum heat insulating material becomes large. The amount of deformation of the box is also almost unchanged. This is because the degree of influence of the side back area ratio of the vacuum heat insulating material on the strength of the box is almost saturated.

Here, the filling rate of the vacuum heat insulating material 400 is fixed at 40%. Since the calculation is performed, when the arrangement area of the vacuum heat insulating material 400 becomes large, the thickness of the vacuum heat insulating material 400 becomes thin. In the side of the vacuum heat insulating material, before the area ratio of the back surface reaches 70%, when the area ratio of the side surface and the back surface is increased, the strength of the box is increased due to the increased arrangement area of the vacuum heat insulating material. The amount of reduction in the deformation of the casing is larger than the increase in the deformation of the casing caused by the thinning of the thickness of the vacuum heat insulating material 400. Therefore, the rigidity of the casing is increased, and the deformation amount of the casing is reduced. However, when the area ratio of the side surface and the back surface of the vacuum heat insulating material exceeds 70%, the increase in the deformation of the casing caused by the decrease in the strength of the vacuum heat insulating material is almost the same as that of the vacuum heat insulation. The area of the material is enlarged The reduction in the deformation of the casing caused by the increase in the strength of the casing is reduced, so that the proportion of the deformation of the casing is reduced.

In addition, by increasing the ratio of the area of the vacuum insulation material When the thickness of the vacuum heat insulating material is made thin, the thickness of the rigid polyurethane foam becomes thick. Before the arrangement area reaches 70%, the thickness of the vacuum heat insulating material is greater than or equal to the predetermined thickness. Therefore, the influence of the increase in the area ratio on the strength of the heat insulating box is greater than the thickness reduction of the vacuum heat insulating material. In addition, when the ratio of the arrangement area of the vacuum heat insulating material is increased, the thickness of the vacuum heat insulating material is reduced, and the thickness of the polyurethane is increased, whereby the polyurethane is used. The amount of increase in the thickness of the ester and the increase in the ratio of the arrangement area of the vacuum heat insulating material become the same for the strength of the heat insulating box, and the reduction ratio of the amount of deformation of the case becomes small.

Therefore, when the area ratio (side back coverage) of the side surface and the back surface of the vacuum heat insulating material 400 is set to a predetermined value (70%) or more, the strength of the case can be obtained, and a highly reliable case can be obtained. In addition, when the area ratio of the side surface and the back surface of the vacuum heat insulating material is set to a predetermined value (70%) or more, the amount of deformation of the casing hardly changes. Therefore, even if the arrangement area of the vacuum heat insulating material does not occur, Since the amount of deformation of the casing is hardly changed, it is possible to obtain a heat insulating box, a refrigerator, a display cabinet, and a machine with high strength, high design, and high reliability. When the coverage of the vacuum heat insulating material 400 is equal to or greater than a predetermined value (60% or more), and the area ratio of the side surface and the back surface of the vacuum heat insulating material 400 is set to a second predetermined value (70%) or more, heat insulation can be improved. Performance, and can reduce the amount of deformation of the box, therefore, can achieve the heat insulation performance, high reliability and energy saving refrigerators, display cabinets, machines.

Here, the thickness of the vacuum insulation material is made constant and the vacuum insulation is performed. When the arrangement area of the material 400 is increased, the coverage of the vacuum heat insulating material and the filling rate can be increased. However, if the filling rate of the vacuum heat insulating material is increased, the cost is increased. Therefore, the vacuum insulation material is increased without changing the filling rate. The arrangement area is to increase the strength of the heat insulating box 700 at a relatively low cost, and the heat insulating efficiency can be improved because the arrangement area of the vacuum heat insulating material can be increased. Therefore, the filling ratio of the vacuum heat insulating material 400 is 40% or more, and the area ratio of the side surface and the back surface (the vacuum heat insulating material coverage ratio of the side back surface) is 70% or more, whereby the partition can be efficiently and efficiently ensured. The strength of the hot box. Therefore, the area ratio of the side surface and the back surface of the vacuum heat insulating material (the vacuum heat insulating material coverage ratio of the side back surface) is set to the second predetermined value (the area ratio at which the reduction ratio of the deformation amount of the heat insulating box becomes small, For example, when the thickness is 70% or more, the wall thickness of the heat insulating box 700 can be made thin (the thickness of the polyurethane is reduced), and the internal volume of the storage chamber can be increased. The larger the arrangement area of the vacuum heat insulating material 400 of the side wall 790 and the back wall 730 (the coverage of the vacuum heat insulating material on the side and the back side), the smaller the amount of deformation of the heat insulating box 700, and therefore the heat insulating box 700 can be made. The strength of the heat insulating box 700 having high strength and excellent heat insulating performance, the refrigerator 1, and the machine having the heat insulating box can be provided.

(polyurethane physical property)

Here, the physical properties and characteristics of the rigid polyurethane foam filled in the heat insulating box 700 will be described. In the rigid polyurethane foam, by increasing the free foam density, the heat insulating box 700 having stable strength after foaming and excellent appearance and high quality can be improved.

Here, the so-called free foam density is not sealed in a box or the like. The polyurethane foam is foamed in the space, and the rigid polyurethane foam is foamed when the polyurethane is opened in an open state such as an open container. density. However, in actuality, since polyurethane is foamed and expanded in a sealed narrow space in the heat insulating box 700, it is foamed and expanded in a sealed narrow space such as the heat insulating box 700. The density of the carbamate will be greater than the free foam density of the polyurethane which is expanded by expansion in the open state.

By increasing the density of the foamed rigid polyurethane foam, as shown in Fig. 16, the bending elastic modulus can be increased, but the polyurethane stock solution is thus filled and filled in the heat insulating box. When the density of the body 700 is increased, the polyurethane having a small expansion ratio used in the past has a small free foam density (26 to 28 kg/m ³ ) and a small expansion ratio. Therefore, when the polyurethane is small, When the thickness of the flow path of the portion through which the acid ester flows is large, the degree of foaming may be uneven, and the density of the polyurethane may be uneven in the vicinity of the injection ports 703 and 704 and at the end portion (the portion far from the injection port). It is difficult to obtain a stable strength.

In the present embodiment, by using the free foam density is greater than in the past (e.g., 25 ~ 28kg / m ³⁾ of rigid polyurethane foam (e.g. free foam density of 30 ~ 45kg / m ^3), even if the polyamino The thickness of the flow path of the portion through which the formate flows is large, and the expansion ratio is large, so that foaming can be stably performed, and density unevenness after foaming can be reduced. Therefore, it is easy to make the density of the polyurethane after foaming substantially uniform.

For example, a foam of a rigid polyurethane foam has air bubbles inside, and if the density is small, there are many bubbles and the heat insulating effect is high. Therefore, in the past, in the heat insulating box 700, the density of the rigid polyurethane foam used after foaming was as small as 25 to 28 kg/m ³ . When the past polyurethane foam is used and the bending elastic modulus is 15 MPa or more to ensure the strength of the heat insulating box 700, for example, in the case where the thickness in the wall is 28 mm, the thickness of the vacuum heat insulating material is removed. The polyurethane has a thickness of 8 mm and has to be filled and filled just to the right amount of polyurethane (the rigid polyurethane foam is just and not excessively filled in) The amount of the polyurethane in the case of the target and the density after foaming are easily uniform. The polyurethane having a large amount is likely to have density unevenness.

Furthermore, since it is necessary to inject and fill a polyurethane which is more than the just filling amount of the polyurethane, it is necessary to pressurize or extend the filling time at the time of the polyurethane injection, and therefore, the polyurethane The acid ester may leak from the gap between the heat insulating box 700 or the joint portion of the opening and closing flap (for example, the joint portion of the outer box 710 and the inner box 750), or may not be injected (not filled) with the necessary quantitative amount. Carbamate is difficult to ensure a density of a rigid polyurethane foam filled in a box at a predetermined value (for example, 60 kg/m ³ ) or more. Further, when the polyurethane leaks from the outside of the tank, it is necessary to carry out the operation of removing the leaked polyurethane, which requires a large amount of work time or assembly time, resulting in an increase in cost and a decrease in design. Therefore, in the past, the density of the hard polyurethane filled in the heat insulating box was less than 60 kg/m ³ , and the amount of 25 to 30 kg/m ³ was used, and at most 55 kg/m ³ or less.

Here, in the present embodiment, the amount of the foamed material or the like contained in the polyurethane stock solution is reduced to increase the free foam density. For example, in the heat insulating box 700 in which the thickness of the polyurethane is 8 mm (the channel thickness of the polyurethane after removing the thickness of the vacuum heat insulating material is 8 mm), the free foam density is set at The predetermined value (30 kg/m ³ or more, preferably 35 kg/m ³ or more), so that the density at the time of filling force (the density after the polyurethane foam is not excessively filled in the tank) is more than 60 kg/m ³ The bending elastic modulus of the rigid polyurethane foam can be 15 MPa or more. Therefore, it is possible to solve the problem of the density unevenness of the polyurethane or the leakage of the heat insulating case such as the leakage of the polyurethane, and it is possible to obtain the heat insulating case 700 having high reliability and high strength, the refrigerator 1, and the display case. And a machine with a heat insulating box.

When the partition member is provided and the vacuum heat insulating material 400 is attached to the spacer, the heat insulating performance may be affected by the density of the refrigerant piping 725. However, as illustrated in FIGS. 17 to 21, for example, the vacuum is partitioned. The thickness of the polyurethane of the arrangement portion of the hot material 400 is set to be less than or equal to a predetermined value (11 mm or less, or 6 mm or less), or the polyurethane/in-wall thickness is set to a predetermined value (0.3) or less, or When the filling rate of the vacuum heat insulating material 400 is set within a predetermined range (40% or more and 90% or less), the influence on the heat insulating performance of the heat insulating box can be reduced (insulation of the heat insulating box 700 or the opening and closing door sheet) The influence of the thermal insulation performance of the cabinet). In addition, when the thickness of the polyurethane is 11 mm or less, the free foam density can be set to a predetermined value (for example, 35 kg/m ³ ) or more, so that the polyurethane can be prevented from leaking. Fill amount (can adjust just the amount of fill).

In the heat insulating box 700 of the present embodiment, the heat insulating box 700 can be provided The thickness of the wall is thinner than in the past, and the heat-insulating box which is energy-saving and has excellent internal volume efficiency can be improved even if it is ensured that the polyurethane is not easily leaked from the outer contour at the time of filling. Body 700. That is, the storage volume of the heat insulating box can be made without changing the outer dimensions of the heat insulating box 700 or the refrigerator 1 or the machine having the heat insulating box (for example, the refrigerator is the internal volume of the storage or the storage chamber volume) Since it is larger than the past, it is possible to store more articles that can be stored inside the heat insulating box 700 than in the past. Therefore, the heat insulation box 700, the refrigerator 1, or the heat insulation which is easy to use by the user and has good heat insulation and high strength and high reliability can be obtained. The machine of the cabinet. Further, if the storage volume in the room (storage room) is set to be the same as in the past, the outer size can be reduced, and the amount of reduction is the amount by which the wall thickness is reduced.

Here, the refrigerator 1 has a cooling supply to the refrigerating compartment 2, and is frozen. Cooling device for air (cold air) in chamber 6 and vegetable compartment 5. The cooling device is constituted by a compressor 12, a refrigerant pipe (for example, a condensation pipe 725), a pressure reducing device (expansion valve or capillary tube, etc.), a cooler 13 and the like to form a refrigeration cycle. Among the components constituting the refrigeration cycle, the compressor 12 and the pressure reducing device are provided in the machine room 1A formed on the lower side of the back surface of the heat insulating box 700 forming the refrigerator 1 (may also be on the upper side of the back surface). The condensing pipe 725 is disposed on, for example, the side wall 790 or the back wall 730 or the top wall 740 of the heat insulating box 700. On the back side of the storage compartment, a fan grille forming a storage storage space is provided on the storage compartment side of the rear wall 730 and the inner box 750 is a back cover of a different material, and the cooler 13 is disposed in the inner box 750 and the fan. Inside the cooler chamber 131 between the back cover members of the grille or the like. Further, in the cooler chamber 131, a cooling air circulation fan 14 for blowing the air (cold air) cooled by the cooler 13 to each storage of the refrigerating compartment 2, the freezing compartment 6, and the vegetable compartment 5 is further provided. room. Further, a control substrate chamber 31 is provided in an upper portion of the top surface wall 740 or the rear surface wall 730 of the heat insulating box 700 (or a slightly central height position of the back surface wall 730), and a control device 30 is provided in the control substrate chamber 31. The device 30 controls the operation of the compressor 12 or the number of revolutions of the cooling air fan 14 or the like, or performs internal temperature control.

In the refrigerator 1 configured as described above, it is disposed in the machine room 1A. The high-temperature high-pressure gas refrigerant sent from the compressor 12 is condensed into a low-temperature high-pressure liquid refrigerant by a refrigerant pipe (for example, a condensation pipe) 725, and is low-temperature and high-pressure. The liquid refrigerant is depressurized to a low-temperature low-pressure gas-liquid two-phase refrigerant by a decompression device, and when it reaches the cooler 13, it has a low temperature of, for example, -20 ° C or lower. The low-temperature low-pressure gas-liquid two-phase refrigerant cools the air in the cooler chamber 131, and the cooled air is supplied to the storage compartments of the refrigerating compartment 2, the freezing compartment 6, and the vegetable compartment 5 by the cooling air circulation fan 14. Thereby, each storage compartment (or the storage object accommodated in these storage compartments), such as a refrigerator compartment 2, the freezing compartment 6, and the vegetable compartment 5, is cooled. On the other hand, the gas-liquid two-phase refrigerant that cools the air in the cooler chamber 131 is heated by the air in the cooler chamber 131 to evaporate, and the low-pressure gas refrigerant is again sucked and compressed by the compressor 12. .

As described above, the refrigerator 1 of the present embodiment is formed in the outer casing 710. The filling rate of the vacuum heat insulating material 400 as the volume ratio of the vacuum heat insulating material 400 in the total volume of the space 315 between the inner box 750 and the inner space of the inner space of the door piece 750. The established value (for example, 40% to 80%). Therefore, even if the wall thickness of the heat insulating box 700 (for example, the distance (thickness) between the outer box 710 and the inner box 750, or the thickness of the opening and closing flap) is thinner than in the past, the heat insulating performance can be ensured. Therefore, in the refrigerator 1 of the present embodiment, since the heat insulating performance of the heat insulating box 700 is improved, the cold air or the storage items in the storage chambers 2, 3, 4, 5, and 6 are not easily heated, and therefore, can be shortened. The operating time of the compressor 12 for cooling can reduce the air volume of the fan. Therefore, the amount of air (cold air) necessary for cooling in the storage chambers 2, 3, 4, 5, and 6 can be reduced, and the number of revolutions of the compressor 12 or the time during which the operation is suspended can be reduced, so that energy saving can be performed. Running. Therefore, in the refrigerator 1 of the present embodiment, it is possible to save energy more than in the past. Therefore, the refrigerator 1 can increase the storage compartment volume (inside volume) more than in the past without changing its outer shape, and can increase the storage that can be stored in the storage compartment. Therefore, refrigerators and machines that are easy to use can be obtained.

In addition, if the temperature difference from the outside air is the largest, the freezer compartment 6 is matched. When the heat is applied to the freezer compartment 6 from the upper surface and the lower surface, the heat entering the freezer compartment 6 can be made into four sides (the front opening and closing door can be opened). 4 sides of the piece, left side, right side, and back side). Therefore, the refrigerator 1 capable of achieving energy saving can be obtained.

In addition, according to the embodiment, the space is filled in the space 315 and the door piece. The flexural modulus of the rigid polyurethane foam in the space is 15.0 MPa or more, and the strength of the casing of the heat insulating box 700 can satisfy the predetermined strength, so that it is possible to suppress the distortion that cannot withstand the weight of the storage object. The state of deformation or the like of the heat insulating box 700. Therefore, it is possible to suppress the case where the heat insulating box 700 is skewed and the front opening and closing flaps are inclined, and it is possible to suppress deterioration in appearance. Further, it is possible to suppress a positional deviation of the sealing member between the opening and closing flap and the front opening of the sealed heat insulating box, and to cause a gap, so that the refrigerating chamber 2, the freezing chamber 6, the vegetable chamber 5, the ice making chamber 3, and the switching The air (cold air) in the chamber 4 leaks to the outside of the heat insulating box 700 or the refrigerator 1, and an energy-saving refrigerator or machine can be obtained.

In addition, regarding the vacuum insulation in the space 315 or the inner space of the door piece The distribution of the filling rate of the material 400 can change the filling rate of the vacuum heat insulating material 400 for each predetermined position in the space 315 or the inner space of the door sheet in response to the temperature difference between the outside air and each of the storage chambers.

For example, as a low-temperature room freezer 6 (or ice-making room 3, cut In the chamber 4), the temperature difference between the temperature in the storage chamber and the outside air is the largest. Therefore, the filling rate of the vacuum heat insulating material 400 in the left side surface, the right side surface, the back surface, and the front surface (opening and closing door sheet) of the heat insulating box 700 in the range opposed to the freezing chamber 6 can be made. The wall surface (for example, the left side surface, the right side surface, the back surface, and the front surface (opening and closing door sheet)) in a range opposed to other storage chambers (for example, the refrigerating chamber 2 as the high-temperature chamber 2, the vegetable compartment 5) has a filling rate of, for example, 60. %the above. According to this configuration, it is possible to suppress heat intrusion into the freezing compartment 6 of the low-temperature low-temperature greenhouse, and it is possible to provide a more energy-saving refrigerator 1 and a machine.

In addition, for example, when the outside air temperature is, for example, 30 ° C, the machine The chamber 1A is, for example, 40 ° C or higher, and the temperature of the control substrate chamber 31 is also raised to, for example, 40 ° C or higher. That is, the temperature difference between the wall surface or the partition wall 24 between the storage chambers opposed to the machine room 1A and the control substrate chamber 31 and the storage chamber is larger than the wall surface or the partition wall 24 of the other portions. Therefore, heat easily enters the storage room disposed in the vicinity of the machine room 1A and the control substrate chamber 31. Therefore, in the machine room 1A or the wall surface or the partition wall 24 disposed between the control substrate chamber 31 and the storage chamber, the filling rate of the vacuum heat insulating material 400 can be made higher than that of the other wall surfaces or the partition wall 24 to improve the heat insulation. performance. For example, the filling rate of the vacuum heat insulating material 400 in the wall surface or the partition wall 24 disposed between the machine room 1A or the control substrate chamber 31 and the storage chamber is 60% (the side back coverage of the vacuum heat insulating material 400 is 70). The filling rate of the vacuum heat insulating material 400 of the other wall surface or the partition wall 24 may be 40% or more (90% or less). According to this configuration, it is possible to suppress the intrusion of heat from the machine room 1A or the control substrate chamber 31 having a high temperature into the storage chamber in the vicinity, and it is possible to make the refrigerator 1 more energy-saving.

The heat insulating box 700 of the present embodiment can also be used for heating, for example. A water heating device and a water storage device having a water tank for storing water heated by the heating device. By providing the water tank inside the heat insulating box 700, the water tank can be insulated by the heat insulating box 700 having a smaller outer shape than in the past, and the water storage device can be made more space-saving. In addition, this embodiment can be applied to a vacuum compartment. A machine for insulating walls of hot materials (such as refrigerators, display cases, freezers, hot water storage devices, hot water bottles, air conditioners, etc.).

In the embodiment of the present invention, it is not necessary to provide irregularities in the vacuum heat insulating material 400, and it is not necessary to form the core material enclosed in the outer covering material as a concave-convex shape along the outer covering material. Therefore, a flat-shaped article can be used as the vacuum heat insulating material. 400, it is not necessary to use a granular material having fluidity as a core material, and it is possible to use an inorganic fiber such as glass fiber or a fiber-based core material such as an organic fiber, and it is not necessary to provide irregularities in complicated processing such as an outer covering material. Therefore, it is possible to obtain a heat insulating box, a refrigerator, and a machine which are low in cost and have good handleability and improved heat insulating performance.

Here, in the present embodiment, the third intermediate member may be the same as the first intermediate member. Further, the second intermediate member may be the same as the first intermediate member.

(Effects of the implementation)

As described above, in the present embodiment, the outer casing 710 and the inner casing 750 are formed, and at least the side wall 790 and the rear wall 730, and the heat insulating box 700 having the opening in the front side include: a rear wall 730 and a side wall 790. a corner portion that protrudes toward the front side from the back wall 730; and a recess 440 that is formed in the inner box 750 that forms the back wall 730 and that is recessed toward the rear side of the convex portion 450 when viewed from the front side (may also be a second recess 441); and at least between the inner box 750 and the outer box 710 forming the rear wall 730, disposed between the inner box 750 and the outer box 710 at a position opposite to the recess 440, at least in the width direction (or The flat-shaped vacuum heat insulating material 400 in the longitudinal direction is larger than the width of the concave portion 440 (shown as the range W of the concave portion 440 in Fig. 8). The convex portion 450 is formed to overlap the vacuum heat insulating material 400 by a length X, and the adhesive is filled between the vacuum heat insulating material 400 and the inner box 750 forming the concave portion 440, and the vacuum heat insulating material 400 and the convex portion 450 are formed. Box 750 as an intermediary Further, even if the thickness of the adhesive between the vacuum heat insulating material 400 and the inner box 750 is thinned, since the convex portion 450 is formed to overlap the vacuum heat insulating material 400 by the length X, only the portion of the overlapping length X is adhered. The adhesive thickness of the agent (for example, a rigid polyurethane foam as a foaming heat insulating material) is increased, and the vacuum heat insulating material 400 can be strongly adhered to the inner box forming the concave portion 440 by the adhesive in the convex portion 450. 750 (or outer box 710). Further, the inner case 750 in which the concave portion 440 is formed and the inner case 750 in which the side wall 790 is formed can also be strongly adhered through the convex portion 450. Therefore, even if the thickness of the adhesive between the vacuum heat insulating material 400 and the inner box 750 in the concave portion 440 is reduced, the concave portion 440, the vacuum heat insulating material 400, and the side wall can be made to pass through the convex portion 450 having a large thickness of the adhesive. Since the 790 is formed integrally, the wall thickness of the recessed portion 440 provided with the vacuum heat insulating material can be reduced, and the strength of the casing or the wall can be improved.

Here, if used as a foam insulation material with self-adhesive properties When the rigid polyurethane foam is used as an adhesive for the intermediate member, even if the thickness of the rigid polyurethane foam between the vacuum heat insulating material 400 and the inner box 750 is set to be less than or equal to 11 mm, The convex portion 450 and the vacuum heat insulating material 400 overlap only the length X, so only the thickness of the rigid polyurethane foam between the vacuum heat insulating material 400 and the inner box 750 of the overlapping length X portion is increased, and the vacuum is partitioned. The hot material 400 can be strongly adhered to form the inner box 750 (or the outer box 710) by the rigid polyurethane foam in the convex portion 450. Further, even if the thickness of the rigid polyurethane foam between the vacuum heat insulating material 400 and the inner box 750 which is opposed to the concave portion 440 is thinned, the vacuum heat insulating material 400 facing the position of the concave portion 440 can be used by The rigid polyurethane foam in the convex portion 450 is formed integrally with the side wall 790, so even if part of the concave portion 440 is formed Thinning of the wall thickness can also increase the strength of the box or the strength of the wall.

In addition, it is formed by the outer box 710 and the inner box 750 at the rear wall 730 There is at least one surrounding wall (for example, side wall 790, top wall 740, bottom wall 780, partition wall 24), and in the heat insulating box 700 having an opening at the front, the back wall 730 has a convex portion formed at a corner portion of the surrounding wall. The portion 450 and the concave portion 440 (or the second concave portion 441) that is recessed toward the rear side from the convex portion 450 when viewed from the front side, and the inner box 750 disposed at a position opposite to the concave portion 440 (or the second concave portion 441) A flat vacuum heat insulating material 400 is formed between the outer casing 710 and at least in the width direction or the longitudinal direction, which is larger than the width P (the range W of the concave portion) of the concave portion 440. The convex portion 450 is formed to overlap the vacuum heat insulating material 400 by a length X, and if an adhesive is filled between the inner box 750 forming the concave portion 440 and the vacuum heat insulating material 400, and the inner box 750 forming the convex portion 450 and vacuum heat insulation When the material 400 is used as an intermediate member, even if the thickness of the adhesive between the vacuum heat insulating material 400 and the inner box 750 is thinned, since the convex portion 450 is formed to overlap the vacuum heat insulating material 400 by the length X, only the overlap is performed. The adhesive thickness of the portion of the length X (for example, a rigid polyurethane foam as a foamed heat insulating material) is increased, and the vacuum heat insulating material 400 can be strongly adhered by the adhesive in the convex portion 450. The inner box 750 (or the outer box 710) forming the recess 440 is formed. Further, the inner box 750 forming the concave portion 440 and at least one surrounding wall (for example, the side wall 790, the top surface wall 740, the bottom surface wall 780, and the partition wall 24) can also be strongly adhered through the convex portion 450. Therefore, even if the thickness of the adhesive between the vacuum heat insulating material 400 and the inner box 750 in the concave portion 440 is made thin, the concave portion 440 and the vacuum can be made to pass through the convex portion 450 having a large dielectric material thickness (adhesive thickness). The heat insulating material 400 and at least one surrounding wall (for example, the side wall 790, the top wall 740, the bottom wall 780, and the partition wall 24) are integrally formed, and therefore, the wall thickness of the concave portion 440 provided with the vacuum heat insulating material is formed. The degree can be thinned and the strength of the box or wall can be increased.

In addition, if the surrounding wall is a chamber that is connected to the back wall 730 (for example) If any of the side wall 790, the top wall 740, the bottom wall 780, and the partition wall 24 of the storage compartment, the thickness of the adhesive of the intermediate member between the vacuum heat insulating material 400 and the inner box 750 in the recess 440 The vacuum heat insulating material 400 disposed in the concave portion 440 can be formed by the intermediate member (adhesive) of the convex portion and at least one surrounding wall (for example, the side wall 790, the top surface wall 740, the bottom surface wall 780, and the partition wall 24). In one piece, even if the wall thickness of the portion where the concave portion 440 is formed becomes thin, the strength of the case or the strength of the wall can be improved. In addition, if a rigid polyurethane foam is used as an intermediate member (adhesive), it is possible to obtain a predetermined heat insulating property.

In addition, if you use liquid or liquid before filling, A foaming heat insulating material having a self-adhesive property as a dielectric member (adhesive) in a phase state, foaming after filling and functioning as an adhesive, even between the vacuum heat insulating material 400 and the inner box 750 in the concave portion 440 Since the gap is small and can flow into the slit in a liquid or two-phase state, the intermediate member (adhesive) can be filled, and the adhesive strength or the fixing strength can be ensured. Therefore, the strength of the casing can be ensured even if the wall thickness is thinned. In addition, since the function of the heat insulating material is also exhibited, the heat insulating performance is also improved.

In addition, in the case where an adhesive is used as an intermediate member, if it is sticky When the adhesive is a rigid polyurethane foam of a foamed heat insulating material, the thickness of the polyurethane is thin (for example, the wall of the vacuum heat insulating material 400 is disposed in the concave portion 440 or the like) as a partition. The effect of the hot material is small, but a rigid polyurethane foam of a dielectric material may be used as the adhesive as in the present embodiment. In addition, it is possible to ensure that the thickness of the polyurethane is thick (for example, there is no configuration The wall of the vacuum heat insulating material 400 can be used as a heat insulating material because it can obtain the effect of the heat insulating material. Therefore, both the strength and the heat insulating performance of the casing can be ensured, and a high-performance and highly reliable heat insulating box can be obtained. Body, refrigerator, machine, etc. In addition, the rigid polyurethane foam has excellent self-adhesive properties not found in other heat insulating materials, so that it can be directly placed on the object (inner case 750, vacuum compartment) without using other adhesives. The surface of the hot material 400 and the outer case 710) is foamed to form a heat insulating layer that is strongly adhered to the object, and both adhesiveness and heat insulating properties can be obtained.

In addition, even if it is filled in the vacuum heat insulating material 400 and the inner box 750 The thickness of the adhesive as the intermediate member is smaller than the thickness of the vacuum heat insulating material 400, and the wall strength or the strength of the case can be ensured by the vacuum heat insulating material 400. Therefore, the wall thickness of the wall including the vacuum heat insulating material 400 can be made. Thinning.

In addition, the thickness of an adhesive (for example, a rigid polyurethane foam) as an intermediate member between the inner case 750 and the vacuum heat insulating material 400 which are opposed to the concave portion 440 is set to be 11 mm or less. Further, since the flexural modulus of the rigid polyurethane foam can be increased, the strength can be improved even if the thickness of the rigid polyurethane foam is small. Therefore, even if the wall thickness is made small, the strength of the case can be improved.

Further, in the heat insulating box formed by the back wall 730, the side wall 790, the upper wall 24 (or the top wall 740), the lower wall 24 (or the bottom wall 780) and having the front opening, the heat insulating box having the front wall 730 is provided. a vacuum heat insulating material 400 between the inner inner box 750 and the outer outer box 710 forming the rear wall 730, or between the inner box 750 forming the inner surface of the side wall 790 and the outer outer box 710 forming the outer side wall 790, And, filled or sealed or coated or disposed in the vacuum heat insulating material 400 and the inner box 750 The intermediate member is a polyurethane material which is adhered or fixed or fixed to the vacuum heat insulating material 400 and the inner box 750. The intermediate member is a polyurethane foam, and the thickness of the intermediate member is 11 mm or less. Therefore, the polyamino group can be increased. The flexural modulus of the formic acid foam plastic can increase the strength even if the thickness of the polyurethane foam is small. Therefore, even if the wall thickness is made small, the strength of the case can be improved.

In addition, if you use a self-adhesive hard polyurethane When the acid ester foam is used as an intermediate member (adhesive) and [(thickness of the intermediate member) / (thickness of the intermediate member + thickness of the vacuum heat insulating material)] is set to 0.3 or less, it is possible to reduce The composite thermal conductivity of the wall formed of the composite material of the vacuum heat insulating material 400 and the rigid polyurethane foam can improve the heat insulating performance even if the wall thickness is made small.

In addition, hot melt is used between the vacuum insulation material 400 and the outer casing 710. The second adhesive of the second intermediate member other than the foamed heat insulating material such as the double-sided tape is directly adhered to the inner case 750 and the vacuum insulation which are filled in the position facing the concave portion 440 (or the second concave portion 441). The thickness of the adhesive (for example, a rigid polyurethane foam) which is the first intermediate member between the materials 400 is set to 11 mm or less, and the thickness of the first intermediate member / (the first intermediate member) When the thickness + the thickness of the vacuum heat insulating material is set to 0.3 or less, the vacuum heat insulating material 400 is directly adhered to the outer case 710 by the second adhesive of the second intermediate member, and the adhesive as the first intermediate member is used. It is sufficient to be filled between the vacuum heat insulating material 400 and the inner box 750, thereby improving the assemblability. In addition, when the second adhesive other than the foamed heat insulating material such as hot-melt or double-sided tape is directly adhered between the outer casing 710 and the vacuum heat insulating material 400, the wall thickness can be reduced. Further, since the bending elastic modulus of the rigid polyurethane foam as the first intermediate member can be increased, even if it is hard The smaller the thickness of the polyurethane foam, the higher the strength. Therefore, even if the wall thickness is made small, the strength of the case can be improved. Further, the composite thermal conductivity of the wall formed of the composite material having the vacuum heat insulating material 400 and the rigid polyurethane foam can be reduced, and therefore, the heat insulating performance can be improved even if the wall thickness is made small.

In addition, the vacuum heat insulating material 400 is disposed at least on the back wall 730, if When the ratio of the arrangement area of the vacuum heat insulating material 400 disposed on the back wall 730 and the side wall 790 to the surface area of the back wall 730 and the side wall 790 is 70% or more, the strength of the case can be increased and the amount of deformation of the case can be reduced. Therefore, a heat-insulating housing, a refrigerator, a water heater, a machine, and the like which are high in strength and high in reliability can be obtained.

That is, the vacuum heat insulating material 400 is disposed such that the vacuum heat insulating material 400 is disposed at least on the back wall 730, and the vacuum heat insulating material 400 disposed on the back wall 730 or the side wall 790 has a projected area of the back wall 730 and the side wall 790. The sum of the total surface area of the back wall 730 and the side wall 790 is 70% or more. Therefore, the strength of the case can be increased and the amount of deformation of the case can be reduced. Therefore, a heat-insulating housing, a refrigerator, a water heater, a machine, and the like which are high in strength and high in reliability can be obtained.

In addition, the heat insulating box 700 having the outer box 710 and the inner box 750 In the case where the volume ratio of the vacuum heat insulating material 400 to the volume of the space 315 between the outer casing 710 and the inner tank 750 is 40% or more, the strength of the casing can be increased and the amount of deformation of the casing can be reduced. Therefore, a heat-insulating housing, a refrigerator, a water heater, a machine, and the like which are high in strength and high in reliability can be obtained.

In addition, convex portions 450 are provided at corners of the side wall 790 and the back wall 730 The vacuum heat insulating material 400 is disposed between the outer box 710 and the inner box 750, whereby the strength of the box can be improved. Therefore, it is not necessary to provide irregularities in the vacuum heat insulating material 400, Since the core material enclosed in the outer covering material is required to have a shape of a concave-convex shape along the outer covering material, a flat-shaped article can be used as the vacuum heat insulating material 400. Therefore, a fiber diameter core material such as an organic fiber or an inorganic fiber can be used. Since a fiber core material such as an organic fiber or an inorganic fiber can be used as the core material of the vacuum heat insulating material 400, it is not necessary to use a fluid granular material to form a complicated shape such as unevenness, and it is not necessary to provide the unevenness in the outer covering material. In addition to the complicated processing, it is possible to obtain a heat insulating box, a refrigerator, and a machine which are low in cost and have good handleability and improved heat insulating performance.

Further, a vacuum heat insulating material 400 is disposed between the outer casing 710 and the inner box 750, and the thickness of the rigid polyurethane foam as an intermediate member between the vacuum heat insulating material 400 and the inner box 750 is set to be 11 mm or less ( It is preferable that the strength of the case is increased by the fact that the strength of the case is increased. Therefore, it is not necessary to provide irregularities in the vacuum heat insulating material 400, and it is not necessary to use the heart material enclosed in the outer covering material as the shape of the uneven shape of the outer covering material. Therefore, it is possible to use As the vacuum heat insulating material 400, a fiber core material such as an organic fiber or an inorganic fiber can be used as the core material of the vacuum heat insulating material 400. Therefore, a fiber diameter core material such as an organic fiber or an inorganic fiber can be used as the vacuum heat insulating material. Since the core material of the material 400 is not required to use a granular material having fluidity to form a complicated shape such as unevenness, and it is not necessary to provide irregularities in complicated processing such as an outer covering material, it is possible to obtain low cost and good handleability. Insulation box, refrigerator, and machine that improve heat insulation performance.

In addition, the heat insulating box 700 and the storage compartment 2 for storing the storage are provided. 3, 4, 5, and 6, the cooler 13 for generating the cooling storage chamber is provided with the concave portion 440 or the second concave portion 441 in the vertical direction, and the concave portion 440 or the second concave portion 441 is used as the cold air current generated by the cooler 13 a cold air path 760, therefore, capable of making a recess The partial wall thickness is thinned to increase the volume in the storage chamber, and the recess can be used as the cold air path 760, so that it is not necessary to separately provide a cold air path.

In addition, the heat insulating box 700 and the storage compartment 2 for storing the storage are provided. 3, 4, 5, and 6, the cooler 13 that generates the cooling storage chamber is provided with the concave portion 440 or the second concave portion 441 in the vertical direction, and the concave portion 440 or the second concave portion 441 can be used as the water mist generated by the water mist device 200. The wind path that flows through. Therefore, the thickness of the wall portion of the concave portion can be made thin, the volume in the storage chamber can be increased, and the concave portion can be used as the water mist air passage. Therefore, it is not necessary to separately provide the water mist air passage.

Further, a cooler chamber 131 provided with a cooler 13 and a recess are provided Since the 440 or the second recess 441 is in communication with the cooler chamber 131, the recess can be used as a cold air passage.

In addition, when the convex portion 450 is used as the supply water mist device 200 In the water mist path of the generated water mist, the convex portion reinforces the strength of the casing, and it is not necessary to separately provide a water mist air passage, so that humidification, sterilization, and the like can be performed at low cost, and the design is excellent. A hot box, and a refrigerator or the like having the heat insulating box.

Further, the recess 440 or the second recess 441 is placed in the storage compartment (for example) The illuminating device 900 illuminating the storage compartment is disposed on the upper surface of the storage compartment, or the lower wall, or the side wall, or the partition wall 24, such as the rear surface of the refrigerating compartment 2), so that the cold air duct 760 and the illuminating device 900 can be disposed. In different wall surfaces, compared with being provided on the same wall surface, the degree of freedom in the configuration and arrangement position of the air passage, the arrangement position, or the lighting device can be improved.

In addition, a refrigeration cycle is provided to form a piping 725 for the refrigeration cycle. Provided in the convex portion 450, the strength of the box can be increased, and no additional design is required. In the place where the pipe 725 is placed, a heat insulating box, a refrigerator, and a machine which are low in cost and excellent in design can be obtained.

In addition, there is a refrigeration cycle, and a recess 440 or a second recess 441 is formed as a protrusion 910 that protrudes toward the front side (front opening side), and when the pipe 725 that forms the refrigeration cycle is provided in the protrusion 910, the strength of the case can be increased, and the place where the pipe 725 is separately provided is not required. A heat-insulating cabinet, refrigerator, and machine that are low-cost and highly designed.

In addition, the compressor drive control wire or temperature control guide When the control wire such as a wire or the tube 720 in which the control wire is disposed is disposed in the convex portion 450, the strength of the case can be increased, and it is not necessary to separately provide a place for the control wire or the tube 720, and the like. Insulation box, refrigerator, and machine with excellent design.

In addition, there is a refrigeration cycle, and a recess 440 or a second recess 441 is formed in the protrusion portion 910 which protrudes toward the front side, and the control wire for the compressor drive control wire or the temperature control wire or the tube 720 or the like in which the control wire is disposed is provided in the protrusion portion 910. The strength of the casing and the need to separately provide a place for the control wire or the tube 720, etc., and a heat-insulating case, a refrigerator, and a machine which are low in cost and excellent in design can be obtained.

In addition, the outer casing 710 is provided at the filling port of the foamed heat insulating material. 703 and 704, when the vacuum heat insulating material 400 is installed so as not to block the filling port, the vacuum heat insulating material 400 does not interfere with the filling of the foaming heat insulating material when the foaming heat insulating material is filled, so that it can be placed in the box. The entire area of the body is filled. Therefore, a heat-insulating case, a refrigerator, and a machine which are high in strength and high in reliability are obtained.

In addition, including: formed by the outer box 710 and the inner box 750, having a top The outer wall of the heat insulating box 700 of the surface wall 740, the back wall 730, the side wall 790, and the bottom wall 780, and the storage chambers 2, 3, 4 provided inside the outer periphery of the heat insulating box 700 and having an opening at the front side thereof 5, 6 and a rear wall 730 formed in the storage chamber, a recess 440 (or a second recess 441) provided at a substantially central position in the width direction of the rear wall of the storage compartment, and an inner box disposed at an opposite position to the recess 440 Between the 750 and the outer case 710, a flat vacuum heat insulating material 400 which is larger than the width of the concave portion 440 at least in the width direction, and between the inner case 750 and the vacuum heat insulating material 400 which are filled in the opposing position with the concave portion 440 are used as A foamed heat insulating material (for example, a rigid polyurethane foam) of the intermediate member, the bending elastic modulus of the vacuum heat insulating material 400 is 20 MPa or more, and the concave portion 440 is opposed to the foamed heat insulating material of the positional intermediate member. The thickness is 11 mm or less, and the thickness of the foamed heat insulating material/(thickness of the foamed heat insulating material + thickness of the vacuum heat insulating material) is 0.3 or less, that is, if it satisfies (1), (2), and (3) which will be described later. At least one of the conditions: (1) the bending elastic modulus of the vacuum insulation material ≧ 20 MPa; (2) the thickness of the foam insulation material / (fat The thickness of the heat insulating material + the thickness of the vacuum heat insulating material) ≦ 0.3; (3) The thickness of the foamed heat insulating material ≦ 11 mm (the thickness of the foamed heat insulating material is preferably less than 10 mm), the wall thickness of the box body can be reduced Moreover, the wall thickness of the cabinet can be reduced, and the strength and thermal insulation performance of the cabinet can be improved. Therefore, the volume in the chamber (for example, the storage chamber) can be increased, and the heat-insulating box and the refrigerator with high strength and good heat insulation performance can be obtained. ,machine. In addition, the flexural modulus of the rigid polyurethane foam can be increased, so that the strength can be improved even if the thickness of the rigid polyurethane foam is reduced. Therefore, the strength of the casing can be improved even if the wall thickness is thinned. Further, since the composite thermal conductivity of the wall formed of the composite material having the vacuum heat insulating material 400 and the rigid polyurethane foam can be reduced, the heat insulating performance can be improved even if the wall thickness is reduced.

In addition, the vacuum heat insulating material 400 is disposed at least on the back wall 730, if When the ratio of the arrangement area of the vacuum heat insulating material 400 disposed on the back wall 730 and the side wall 790 to the surface area of the back wall 730 and the side wall 790 is 70% or more, the deformation amount of the case can be reduced, and the strength and rigidity can be high. Insulation box, refrigerator, and machine with high heat insulation performance.

In addition, if the outer box 710 and the inner box forming the outer casing of the heat insulating box are When the volume ratio of the vacuum heat insulating material 400 of the volume 315 between the spaces 750 is 40% or more, it is possible to obtain a heat insulating box having a small amount of deformation of the casing, high strength and high rigidity, and high heat insulating performance. , refrigerator, machine.

In addition, in the embodiment, the outer box 710 and the inner box are included The outer wall of the heat insulating box 700 having the top wall 740, the back wall 730, the side wall 790, and the bottom wall 780 is formed, and the front surface of the heat insulating box 700 is disposed inside and separated by the partition wall 24 The storage compartments 2, 3, 4, 5, and 6 having openings, and the drawer-type case 520 housed in the storage compartment and pulled out by the rail member 810 formed on the side wall 790 of the storage compartment, and at least configured A vacuum heat insulating material 400 formed between the inner box 750 and the outer box 710 of the side wall 790 of the storage compartment, and an inner box 750 and a vacuum heat insulating material 400 filled in the side wall 790 and the rail mounting portion 755 of the mounting rail member 810 When the thickness of the foamed heat insulating material that is the position of the rail mounting portion 755 is 11 mm or less (for example, preferably less than 10 mm), the thickness of the wall can be made thinner. . Further, when a foamed heat insulating material using a rigid polyurethane foam as an intermediate member is used, the bending elastic modulus is increased, the strength of the casing is increased, and the holding strength or fixing strength of the rail mounting portion 755 is improved.

In addition, the outer casing of the heat insulating box 700 having the top wall 740, the back wall 730, the side wall 790, and the bottom wall 780 is formed by the outer box 710 and the inner box 750, and the outer casing of the heat insulating box 700 is formed. The interior of the storage compartment 2, 3, 4, 5, 6 which is formed by the partition wall 24 and has an opening in the front, and is housed in the storage compartment by the rail member 810 disposed on the side wall 790 forming the storage compartment. A drawer-type box 520 that is pulled out, and a vacuum insulation 400 between the inner box 750 and the outer box 710 at least configured to form the side wall 790 of the storage compartment, and a rail that is filled or coated on the side wall 790 and the mounting rail member 810 The foamed heat insulating material as the intermediate member between the inner box 750 of the mounting portion 755 and the vacuum heat insulating material 400 is such that the thickness of the foamed heat insulating material 4 as an intermediate member at the position opposite to the rail mounting portion 755 is 11 mm or less (for example, preferably less than 10 mm), the density of the foamed heat insulating material as an intermediate member between the inner box 750 filled with or coated with the rail (track mounting portion) 755 of the mounting rail and the vacuum heat insulating material 400 is larger than 60kg/m ³ . Therefore, since the density of the intermediate member is more than 60 kg/m ³ , the holding strength or the fixing strength of the screw or the screw fixing portion for fixing the rail or the like is increased, and the inner box 750 near the rail mounting portion 755 is not deformed, and therefore, Pull out the drawer door or box, etc. smoothly. Further, the rail attachment portion 755 to which the fixed member such as a screw is attached is not damaged, so reliability is improved. In addition, when the thickness of the foamed heat insulating material is set to 11 mm or less (preferably less than 10 mm), the wall thickness can be made thin, and if a rigid polyurethane foam is used as the foaming heat insulating material of the intermediate member, Increase the flexural modulus and increase the strength of the box.

Further, in the present embodiment, the outer casing of the outer casing 710 and the inner casing 750 having the top wall 740, the rear wall 730, the side wall 790, and the bottom wall 780 is provided, and is provided in the heat insulation. a storage compartment 2, 3, 4, 5, 6 formed inside the outer periphery of the casing 700 and partitioned by the partition wall 24 and having an opening in the front, and housed in the storage compartment, by being disposed on the bottom surface of the storage compartment or a drawer type box 520 that is pulled out from the upper partition wall (the partition wall 24 including the partition wall 24, the bottom wall 780, and the top wall 740 between the storage compartment and the storage compartment), and the tray member 810 disposed on the rail member 810. a vacuum insulation material 400 in the partition wall (including the partition wall 24 between the storage compartment and the storage compartment, the bottom wall 780, the top wall 740), and a partition wall (including the storage compartment and the opposite position to the rail member 810) The partition wall 24, the bottom wall 780, and the top wall 740) between the storage compartments are filled or coated or disposed to form a partition wall (including a partition wall 24, a bottom wall 780, and a top wall 740 between the storage compartment and the storage compartment). Insulation material between the outer structural member and the vacuum heat insulating material 400 as an intermediate member The thickness of the heat insulating material of the intermediate member in the position of the partition wall opposite to the track member 810 is 11 mm or less (for example, less than 10 mm), filled or coated or disposed on the outer member and the vacuum heat insulating material 400. The density of the heat insulating material as an intermediate member is more than 60 kg/m ³ . Therefore, since the density of the intermediate member is more than 60 kg/m ³ , the holding strength or the fixing strength of the screw or the screw fixing portion for fixing the rail or the like is increased, and the partition wall (including the partition wall 24 between the storage chamber and the storage chamber, Since the outer peripheral members in the vicinity of the rail mounting portion of the bottom wall 780 and the top wall 740 are not deformed, the drawer door, the box, and the like can be smoothly pulled out. In addition, the partition wall to which the fixed member such as a screw is attached is not damaged, so reliability is improved. In addition, when the thickness of the heat insulating material of the intermediate member is set to 11 mm or less (for example, less than 10 mm), the wall thickness can be made thin, and if a rigid polyurethane foam is used as the heat insulating material for the intermediate member, the thickness is improved. Flex the modulus of elasticity and increase the strength of the partition wall and the box.

In addition, (the thickness of the foamed heat insulating material as the intermediate member) / (the thickness of the foamed heat insulating material as the intermediate member + the thickness of the vacuum heat insulating material 400) When the degree is set to 0.3 or less, the thermal conductivity of the composite member which is a combination of the foamed heat insulating material and the vacuum heat insulating material as the intermediate member can be reduced, so that the heat insulating performance of the composite member can be improved.

In addition, when the heat source such as a hot water tank is insulated, The thickness of the heat insulating wall (the back wall 730, the top wall 740, the bottom wall 780, the side wall 790, the partition wall 24, and the like) is reduced, and the partition of the cylindrical body or the rectangular tube or the case 700 having the front opening is reduced. The outer dimensions of the hot box (such as outer diameter, width, depth, height, etc.), resulting in a simplified heat insulation box, refrigerator, storage water heater, machine, and the like.

In addition, if the foam insulation material as an intermediate material is hard polyurethane In the urethane foam, when the flexural modulus of the rigid polyurethane foam is 15 MPa or more, the fixing strength or the fixing strength of the screw or the screw fixing portion for fixing the rail or the like is increased, and the rail mounting portion 755 is added. The inner inner box 750 is not deformed, so that the drawer door piece, the box, and the like can be smoothly pulled out. Further, the inner box 750 of the mounting portion such as a screw is not damaged, so reliability is improved.

In addition, in the case of using a two-stage rail in which the rail can be pulled out in two stages or a three-stage rail in which the rail can be pulled out in three stages, the load on the rail portion (track mounting portion) 755 becomes large, but When the thickness of the foamed heat insulating material of the intermediate member facing the position of the rail mounting portion 755 is 11 mm or less, (the thickness of the foamed heat insulating material as the intermediate member) / (foaming as the intermediate member) The thickness of the heat insulating material + the thickness of the vacuum heat insulating material 400 is set to 0.3 or less, and is filled as an intermediary between the inner box 750 of the rail mounting portion (track portion) 755 of the rail member 810 and the vacuum heat insulating material 400. When the density of the foamed heat insulating material of the material is more than 60 kg/m ³ , the strength of the rail portion 755 of the inner box 750 is increased, and the holding strength or fixing of the fixing member 735 for fixing the rail member 810 or the like is fixed. Since the strength is increased and the inner box 750 near the rail mounting portion 755 is not deformed, even when a two-stage rail or a three-stage rail is used, the drawer door, the box, and the like can be smoothly pulled out. Further, the rail portion 755 or the inner box 750 of the mounting portion of the fixed member 735 such as a screw is not damaged, so reliability is improved.

In addition, the box 520 has a side wall of the box forming the box 520. And a rail supporting portion (box step portion) 525 forming a side wall of the box as a step portion supporting the box 520 at the rail member 810, compared to a rail supporting portion (box step portion) 525 to be a step portion In the case where the height direction of the case 520 is higher than 1/2, the track support portion (box step portion) 525 as the step portion is set to be 1 from the top in the height direction with respect to the case 520. The lower position of /2 or less (especially the lower position below 1/3) can increase the width of the box 520 by the draft angle of the box 520, and thus the volume of the box 520 can be increased.

In addition, including: a library disposed on the top wall 740 or the back wall 730 The outer side (as opposed to the storage compartment side shown in FIG. 14) is provided with a control substrate chamber 31 of the control device 30, and a vacuum heat insulating material 400 disposed between the control substrate chamber 31 and the inner box 750, and A rigid polyurethane foam filled between the vacuum heat insulating material 400 and the inner box 750 as a foaming heat insulating material having a self-adhesive intermediate member, and foaming of the opposite position of the control substrate chamber 31 The thickness of the heat insulating material is 11 mm or less, and the thickness of the foamed heat insulating material as the intermediate member / (the thickness of the foamed heat insulating material as the intermediate member + the thickness of the vacuum heat insulating material) is 0.3 or less, that is, The thickness of the foam insulation material is ≦11mm (for example, the thickness of the foam insulation material is less than 10mm); the thickness of the foam insulation material/(the thickness of the foam insulation material + vacuum insulation) When the thickness of the hot material is ≦0.3, the thickness of the wall of the casing provided in the portion where the substrate chamber 31 is controlled can be reduced, and the strength and heat insulation performance of the casing can be improved, and the volume in the chamber (for example, the storage chamber) can be increased. Refrigerator and machine with high strength and good heat insulation performance. In addition, by reducing the thickness of the rigid polyurethane foam as the intermediate member, the flexural modulus of the rigid polyurethane foam can be increased, and therefore, even the rigid polyurethane as an intermediate member The reduction in the thickness of the ester foam also increases the strength. Therefore, the strength of the casing can be improved even if the wall thickness is thinned. In addition, when the thickness of the foamed heat insulating material as the intermediate member/(the thickness of the foamed heat insulating material as the intermediate member + the thickness of the vacuum heat insulating material) is 0.3 or less, the vacuum heat insulating material can be reduced. The composite thermal conductivity of the wall formed by the composite material of 400 and rigid polyurethane foam, so that the thermal insulation performance can be improved even if the wall thickness is thinned.

Further, by making the density of the rigid polyurethane foam as the intermediate member larger than 60 kg/m ³ , the rigid polyurethane foam as the intermediate member is formed densely, and the bending thereof is increased. The modulus of elasticity can suppress deformation of the control substrate chamber 31. In addition, since the rigid polyurethane foam as the intermediate member is formed to be dense, when it is fixed by a fixing member such as a screw, the holding strength of the screw or the like can be improved.

In addition, if there is a receiving and receiving means, it is disposed in the control substrate room. Internal or nearby 31, can be received by infrared connection or wireless connection or wired connection (wire connection or network line connection or LAN connection or USB connection) and external machine configured outside the refrigerator 1 By transmitting machine information, it is possible to transmit machine information of the refrigerator or receive information from an external machine, so that information of the refrigerator or other machine can be displayed in the refrigerator or mobile terminal or external machine. Device. In addition, it is possible to receive indication information from the server to control the refrigerator. In addition, other machines can be controlled from the refrigerator or mobile terminal.

Further, if a control substrate chamber cover is provided in the control substrate chamber 31 In the control board substrate 31 or the control board room cover, a terminal for network connection is provided, and the wireless adapter, the WiFi adapter, or the wired LAN can be easily connected after the refrigerator is installed. Build a network. Of course, the terminal for the network connection is weakly provided on the back wall 730 or the side wall 790, and can be easily connected without any problem.

In addition, if at least part of the back of the storage room or the second part is covered The covering member (the first air passage unit 762) of the recess 441 has a wind path covering portion that forms at least a portion of the cold air path 760 or covers at least a portion of the cold air path 760, and a wind path covering portion The back cover portion extending in the width direction and covering at least a portion of the back wall 730 or the recess 440 can cover at least a portion of the back wall 730 or the convex portion 450 by covering the member (the first air passage assembly 762) , can improve design and assembly.

In addition, if at least part of the back of the storage room or the second part is covered The covering member (the first air passage unit 762) of the recess 441 has a wind path covering portion that forms at least a portion of the cold air path 760 or covers at least a portion of the cold air path 760, and a wind path covering portion a back cover portion extending in a width direction and covering at least a portion of the back wall 730 or the recess 440, and a side cover portion integrally connected to the back cover portion or the back cover portion and covering at least a portion of the side wall 790, By covering the member (the first air passage member 762), it is possible to cover at least a portion of the back wall 730 or the side wall 790 or the convex portion 450, thereby improving design and assembly.

In addition, if the back cover portion is to be fixed or held on the back side The inner wall 750 of the wall 730 or the recess 440 or the convex portion 450 is mounted, or the side cover portion is fixed or held in the inner box 750 forming the side wall 790 or the convex portion 450 for mounting, by covering the member (first The air passage assembly 762) can cover at least a portion of the back wall 730 or the side wall 790 or the convex portion 450, thereby improving design and assembly.

In addition, if at least a part of the back of the storage compartment is covered The cover member (the first air passage assembly 762) has a wind path covering portion that forms at least a portion of the cold air passage 760 or covers at least a portion of the cold air passage 760, and a width direction from the wind passage cover portion ( a rear cover portion extending in the left-right direction or the side wall 790 direction and covering at least a portion of the back wall 730 or the recess 440, and being connected to the air passage cover portion or integrally formed with the air passage cover portion and covering the rear wall 730 At least a portion of the partition wall 24 (including the top wall 740 or the bottom wall 780) in the up-and-down direction, the upper and lower wall covering portions extending from the upper end portion or the lower end portion of the back wall 730 toward the front opening portion are covered by the covering member ( The first air passage module 762) can cover at least a portion of the back wall 730 or the partition wall 24 or the bottom wall 780 of the top wall 730, thereby improving design and assembly.

In addition, if the back cover is fixed or held on the back wall 730 or recess 440 or inner box 750 of convex portion 450 for mounting, or fixing or holding upper and lower wall covering portions in partition wall 24 (including top wall 740 or bottom wall 780) formed in the up and down direction of rear wall 730 The inner box 750 is mounted to cover at least a portion of the back wall 730 or the partition wall 24 or the top wall 730 or the bottom wall 780 by covering the member (the first air passage assembly 762), thereby improving the design. Sex and assembly.

1‧‧‧ refrigerator

2‧‧‧Refrigerator

3‧‧‧ ice making room

4‧‧‧Switching room

5‧‧‧ vegetable room

6‧‧‧Freezer

7A‧‧‧Refrigerator door left

7B‧‧‧ refrigerator door right

8‧‧‧Ice chamber door

9‧‧‧Switching the door panel

10‧‧‧ Vegetable room door

11‧‧‧Freezer door

60‧‧‧Operator panel

Claims (20)

A refrigerator comprising: a casing having an outer wall formed by an outer casing and an inner casing, a rear wall, a side wall, and an outer wall, and an inner side of the outer casing is formed with a storage compartment having an opening at the front a vacuum heat insulating material disposed between the outer box and the inner box forming the back wall, the side wall, the top wall, or the bottom wall constituting the storage compartment; and a foamed heat insulating material filled in Between the vacuum heat insulating material and the inner box; wherein the vacuum heat insulating material has a bending elastic modulus of 20 MPa or more, and the foamed heat insulating material has a thickness of 11 mm or less, and the thickness of the foamed heat insulating material / ( The thickness of the foamed heat insulating material + the thickness of the vacuum heat insulating material is 0.3 or less. The refrigerator according to the first aspect of the invention, wherein the rear wall of the storage compartment is formed in a recess formed in a vertical direction across the rear wall in a central portion in a width direction of the rear wall And a convex portion protruding from the corner portion of the side wall facing the concave portion toward the front side with respect to the concave portion; and an atomizing device provided on the back wall of the storage chamber or the second portion different from the storage chamber The storage chamber supplies the water mist to the storage chamber or the second storage chamber; the recess or the internal space of the convex portion serves as an air passage for supplying the water mist to the storage chamber. A refrigerator comprising: a casing having an outer wall formed by an outer casing and an inner casing, a rear wall, a side wall, and an outer wall, and an inner side of the outer casing is formed with a storage compartment having an opening at the front In the box, in the width direction of the back wall forming the storage compartment a central portion forming a concave portion that spans the vertical direction of the back wall; and a flat vacuum heat insulating material disposed between the inner box and the outer box at a position opposite to the concave portion, at least in the width direction, the width thereof a foaming heat insulating material filled between the inner box and the vacuum heat insulating material at a position opposite to the concave portion; wherein the vacuum heat insulating material has a bending elastic modulus of 20 MPa or more, and The thickness of the foamed heat insulating material in the opposing portion of the concave portion is 11 mm or less, and the thickness of the foamed heat insulating material / (the thickness of the foamed heat insulating material + the thickness of the vacuum heat insulating material) is 0.3 or less. The refrigerator according to any one of claims 1 to 3, wherein the vacuum heat insulating material is disposed at least on the back wall; and the vacuum heat insulating material disposed on the back wall and the side wall is The sum of the projected areas of the side walls is 70% or more of the total surface area of the back wall and the side walls. The refrigerator according to any one of claims 1 to 3, wherein a volume occupied by the vacuum heat insulating material with respect to a volume of a space between the outer box and the inner box forming the box body The ratio is above 40%. A refrigerator according to claim 2 or 3, which comprises a cooler for generating cold air for cooling the storage compartment; the recess serving as a cold air passage for supplying cold air generated by the cooler to the storage compartment. A refrigerator according to claim 2 or 3, which comprises a cooler for generating cold air for cooling the storage compartment; At least two positions on the back wall side in the width direction of the concave portion are formed as protrusions that protrude toward the front side; the concave portions serve as cold air passages for supplying cold air generated by the cooler to the storage chamber. The refrigerator according to claim 2, wherein the refrigerator includes a cooler that generates cold air for cooling the storage chamber; and at least two positions on the side of the back wall in the width direction of the recess are formed toward the front side. The protruding protrusions form a second recess between the protrusions, and the second recess serves as a cold air passage for supplying cold air generated by the cooler to the storage chamber. In the refrigerator according to the seventh aspect of the invention, the compressor drive control wire or the temperature control wire or the refrigerant pipe constituting the refrigeration cycle is disposed in the protrusion. The refrigerator of claim 6, comprising a cover member covering a portion of the back surface of the storage compartment; the cover member comprising: forming at least a portion of the cold air passage or covering the cold air At least a portion of the wind path covering portion of the road; and a back cover portion extending from the wind path covering portion in the width direction and covering the back wall. The refrigerator according to claim 5, wherein the cross-sectional shape of the cold air passage is an elliptical shape elongated in the width direction. The refrigerator according to any one of claims 1 to 3, wherein the vacuum insulation material and the outer casing are separated by a second adhesive different from the foamed heat insulating material. The hot material and the outer box are directly adhered. The refrigerator according to claim 2 or 3, wherein a convex portion protruding toward the front side of the concave portion is formed at a corner portion of the side wall facing the concave portion; the convex portion is formed to be the vacuum heat insulating material Only the predetermined length is overlapped in the width direction. The refrigerator according to claim 13, wherein the foam heat insulating material is filled between the vacuum heat insulating material and the inner box forming the convex portion. The refrigerator according to any one of claims 1 to 3, wherein the lighting device that illuminates the storage compartment is disposed on the upper surface, the lower surface, or the side surface of the storage compartment. A refrigerator comprising: a casing having an outer wall formed by an outer casing and an inner casing, a rear wall, a side wall, and an outer wall, and an inner side of the outer casing is formed with a storage compartment having an opening at the front a cooler for cooling the storage compartment; a control substrate for controlling the cooler, wherein the control substrate is disposed in a control substrate chamber formed on the top wall or the back wall; and a vacuum heat insulating material provided with the control substrate chamber And a foaming heat insulating material filled between the vacuum heat insulating material and the inner box; wherein the foam heat insulating material facing the control substrate chamber has a thickness of 11 mm or less The thickness of the foamed heat insulating material / (the thickness of the foamed heat insulating material + the thickness of the vacuum heat insulating material) is 0.3 or less. For example, the refrigerator described in claim 16 The vacuum heat insulating material is disposed at least on the back wall; the sum of the projected areas of the vacuum heat insulating material disposed on the back wall and the side wall to the back wall and the side wall is the total surface area of the back wall and the side wall More than 70% of the total. The refrigerator according to claim 16 or 17, wherein a ratio of a volume of the vacuum heat insulating material to a volume of a space between the outer box and the inner box forming the body is 40% or more . The refrigerator according to claim 1, wherein the foamed heat insulating material is a rigid polyurethane foam. In the refrigerator according to the first, third or sixth aspect of the invention, the filling port of the foamed heat insulating material is provided in the outer casing, and the vacuum heat insulating material is disposed so as not to block the filling port.